- - 4 ^J v™*> v-^v v™*v -> ",, P ■^v -of V i ^0< V'.. < K well secured against surprise, and is by nature altogether one: of the most defensible places I have seen. The landscape which is here presented to the eye has ?. most charming diversity of scenery, consisting of mountains woodlands, glades, water-courses, and prairies, all laid out and arranged in such peculiar order as to produce a witching effect upon the senses. This must have been a favorite spot for the Indians ; and why they have abandoned it I cannot imagine, unless it was through fear of the Comanches. It is only two years since they removed from here, and their lodge-frames are stili standing, with the scaffolds upon which they dried their corn, The soil, in point of fertility, surpasses anything we hav? NATURAL MEADOW. 79 before seen, and the vegetation in the old corn-fields is so dense, that it was with great difficulty I could force my horse through it. It consisted of rank weeds, growing to the height of twelve feet. Soil of this character must have produced an enormous yield of corn. The timber is sufficiently abundant for all purposes of the agriculturist, and of a superior quality. Most of the varieties of hard wood, such as over-cup, post- oak, black-walnut, pecan, hackberry, ash, black or Spanish oak, (Quercas elongata,) elm, and china, besides cotton- wood and willow, are found here. We also found the wild passion- flower, (Passiflom incamata,) and a beautiful variety of the sensitive plants which we had not met with before. Directly opposite the village, upon the north side, there is a large body of timber, which extends across to the eastern branch of Cache creek ; this unites with the branch upon which we are encamped, about a mile below the village. [}pon the south bank of the creek there is an immense na- tural meadow, clothed with luxuriant grasses, where hay might be procured sufficient to subsist immense numbers of cattle. Opposite our camp the creek flows directly at the base of a perpendicular wall of porphyritic trap, three hun- dred feet high, and studded with dwarf cedars, which, taking shallow root in the crevices of the formation, receive their meagre sustenance from the scanty decomposition of the rocks* This escarpment has a columnar structure, with the flutings parallel, and traversing the face in a vertical direction from top to bottom, and has the appearance of being the vertical section of a round hill that has been cleft asunder and one- half removed, there being no appearance of a continuation of the formation upon the opposite bank of the creek. All the sides of this hill, except that upon the creek, are smooth, with gentle and easy slopes, covered with grass up to the very verge of the acclivity. On riding up the smooth ascent of this eminence, and suddenly coming upon the edge of the giddy precipice, one involuntarily recoils back with a shudder at the appearance of this strange freak of nature. Large veins of quartz were seen traversing this formation, and upon an ex- amination of specimens, we found it to be cellular or spongy, with the cells rilled with liquid naptha, of about the consist- ence of tar, and having a strong resinous odor. We have now reached the eastern extremity of the Witchita chain of mountains, and shall to-morrow morning cross the main creek below the village, and strike our course for Fort CHOCTAW RESERVATION. Arbuckle, this being the nearest military post, and in our course for Fort Smith. The more we have seen of the country about these moun- tains, the more pleased we have been with it. Indeed, I have never visited any country that, in my opinion, possessed greater natural local advantages for agriculture than this. Bounteous nature seems here to have strewed her favors with a lavish hand, and to have held out every inducement for civilized man to occupy it. The numerous tributaries of Cache creek flowing from granite fountains, and winding, like net- work, in every direction through the valleys in the mountains— withthe advantages of good timber, soil, and grass, the pure, elastic, and delicious climate, with a bracing atmosphere— all unite in presenting rare inducements to the husbandman. It would only be necessary for our practical farmers to visit this lo- cality ; they could not be otherwise than pleased with it. And were it not for the fact that the greater part of the most desir- able _ lands lie east of the 100th meridian of longitude, and within the limits of that vast territory ceded by our govern- ment to the Choctaws, it would be purchased and settled by our citizens in a very few years. As it is now situated, far beyond the limits of the settlements, and directly within the range of the Comanches, it is of no use to the Choctaws themselves, as they do not venture among the prairie tribes, and do not even know the character of this part of their own territory. They have a superabundance of fertile lands bordering upon the Red and Canadian rivers, near the white settlements of Texas and Arkansas, and they prefer occupying those to going further out. They have thrown aside their primitive habits, in a great degree, and abandoned the precarious and uncertain life of the hunter, for the more quiet avocation of the husbandman. They look upon the wild Indian in much the same light as we do, and do not go among them ; indeed, there is but little in common with them and the wild Indians.* In consequence of losing one of our mules last night, we were detained later than usual this morning. Two of the *The lands included within the Choctaw reservation, which are not occupied or made use of by them, are embraced within the 97th and 100th degrees of west longitude, and are bounded upon the north and south by the Canadian and Red rivers, being about one hundred and eighty miles in length by fifty in width, and constituting an aggregate of about nine thousand square miles of valuable and productive lands, or one thousand square miles more than the State of Massachusetts. PERSEVERANCE OF THE GUIDES. 81 Delawares went out at day-light in search of it, but returned in about two hours, not having been able to strike the track. We had, up to this time, been so fortunate as to lose no ani- mals. I was, therefore, particularly desirous that the lost mule should be recovered, and intimated as much to our interpreter, John Bushman, who had not joined in the first search. At the same time, I asked him what he thought were the chances of success. He replied, in his laconic and non-committal style, " I think maybe so find um — -maybe not." I directed him to make an effort, and not give over the search as long- as there remained the least prospect of success. We then packed our wagons and started on towards Fort Arbuckle, crossing the creek below the old village, where it was forty yards wide and ten inches deep, with a rapid current flowing over a bed of gravel. Upon the east bank of the creek we passed over a broad and level piece of bottom-land, covered with a dense crop of wild rice, and other rich grasses. We then left the valley in a course north of east, over the ridge dividing Cache from Bea- ver creek, until we reached a branch of the latter, upon which we encamped. The timber here is large and abundant ; the water fresh, but standing in pools ; and the soil good. I have crossed this same stream at four different places below here, and have invariably found the soil of a similar character and the timber large, consisting of pecan, elm, hackberry, oak, cot- ton-wood, and walnut, and generally confined to the borders of the stream. Our most excellent and indefatigable hunter, John Bush- man, returned this evening with the lost mule, having tracked him for twenty miles from where he left us. He had also killed a buffalo during the day, and brought us a piece of the hump. He states that from the time the mule left us until he overtook him, he had continued to travel, without stopping, directly to the north, and at right-angles to the course we had been pursuing. 1 inquired of him if he did not become al- most discouraged before he came up with the animal. He said no ; that I had ordered him not to return without him, and that he should have been on the track yet if he had not overtaken him. I have no doubt such would have been the case, for he is a man of eminently determinate and resolute character, with great powers of endurance, and a most acute and vigilant observer, accompanied by prominent organs of locality and sound judgment. These traits of character, with the abundant experience he has had upon the plains, make him 6 82 RESOLUTION OF THE INDIANS. one of the very best guides I have ever met with. He never sees a place once without instantly recognising it on seeing it the second time, notwithstanding he may approach it from a different direction ; and the very moment he takes a glance over a district of country he has never seen before, he will al- most invariably point out the particular localities (if there are any such) where water can be found, when to others there seems to be nothing to indicate it. Such qualifications render the services of these people highly important, and almost in- dispensable in a tour upon the prairies. An incident which was related to me as occurring with one of these guides a few years since, forcibly illustrates their character. The officer having charge of the party to which he was attached, sent him out to examine a trail he had met with on the prairie, for the purpose of ascertaining where it would lead to. The guide, after following it as far as he sup- posed he would be required to do, returned and reported that it led off into the prairies to no particular place, so far as he could discover. He was told that this was not satisfactory, and directed to take the trail again, and to follow it until he gained the required information. He accordingly went out the second time, but did not return that day, nor the next, and the party, after a time, began to be alarmed for his safety, fearing he might have been killed by the Indians. Da} r s and weeks passed by, but still nothing was heard of the guide, until, on arriving at the first border settlement, to their astonishment, he made his appearance among them, and, approaching the commanding officer, said, " Captain, that trail which you ordered me to follow terminates here." He had, with in- domitable and resolute energy, traversed alone several hun- dred miles of wild and desolate prairie, with nothing but his gun to depend upon for a subsistence, determined this time to carry out the instructions of his employer to the letter. July 21. — We crossed two small branches this morning at four o'clock, and continued our course over undulating prai- ries, with smooth and even surfaces, frequently crossing small affluents of Beaver creek, where we found good running spring water, which can always be relied upon. We had a copious shower this morning, which is the first rain that has fallen in several weeks. There is good timber and grass upon all the branches we have passed to-day, and the soil is highly productive. We have also passed several groves of post-oak timber upon the ridges ; this, however, for the most part, is small, short, and scrubby. WITCHITA VILLAGE. 83 Jtihj 22. — Making an early start at two o'clock this morn- ing, we ascended the eastern branch of Beaver creek to its source, when we found ourselves upon the ridge dividing this stream from Rush creek. The ridge is covered with timber similar to that of the Cross Timbers, consisting of post-oak and black-jack, ( Querents ferruginea. ) Our road leads for five miles through this timber, when it emerges into a beautiful meadow, where the head of one of the branches of Rush creek takes its rise in large springs, and runs off' in a fine bold stream, with a variety of hard timber along its borders. After following down this about two miles, we suddenly came in sight of several squaws who were col- lecting the tall grass which grows along the banks of the creek. They no sooner espied us than they jumped upon their horses and were about making off"; most of them, how- ever, stopped at the command of our interpreter, while one or two gallopped away in the direction of the village to give notice of our approach. They proved to be Wacos and Wit- chitas, and informed us that their villages were about four miles in advance, at the same time inviting us to pay them a visit. We reached the villages (which were situated upon the banks of Rush creek) and encamped about half a mile bekrw them in the valley. Immediately on our arrival we were accosted by a large crowd of men who were anxious to learn where we had been and whether we had seen any Comanches ; and as we were (I think) the first party of whites who had visited them at this place, they appeared very glad to see us — probably in antici- pation of presents. There are two villages here occupied by the Witchitas and Wacos respectively ; they are situated in the rich and fertile valley of the creek, where they have cultivated corn, pump- kins, beans, peas, and melons. These people have no ploughs, or other agricultural implements, but a small hoe, with which they prepare the ground for the reception of the seed, and do all other necessary work in its cultivation ; yet the prolific soil gives them bountiful returns ; and were it not for their im- provident natures, they might, with little labor, have sufficient for the whole year. Instead of this, they only care for the present, and from the time the corn is fit for roasting, are con- continually eating and feasting until it is gone. They are then obliged to depend upon the precarious results of the chase during the remainder of the year. The village of the Witchitas has forty-two lodges, each 84 WACOES. containing two families of about ten persons. These lodges are made by erecting a frame-work of poles placed in a cir- cle in the ground, with the tops united in an oval form and bound together with numerous withes or wattles, the whole nicely thatched with grass ; and when completed, it makes a very commodious and comfortable domicil. The interior ar- rangements are such, that every person has a bunk, raised from the ground and covered with buffalo-hides, forming a couch which is far from being uncomfortable. When seated around their fires in the centre of the lodges, they have an air of domestic happiness about them which I did not expect to find. The lodges are about twenty-five feet in diameter at the base, twenty feet high, and in the distance have very much the appearance of a group of hay-stacks. With the excep- tion of a few families that live upon the Canadian, the whole Witchita nation is concentrated at this place ; their numbers do not exceed five hundred souls. They have, during the early settlement of Texas, given more trouble to the people upon the northern borders of that State than any other Indians. They have no regard for truth, will steal, and are wholly un- worthy of the least confidence, and their vicious propensities are only kept in check now from fear. s Living, as they do, between the white settlements and the prairie tribes, they are at the mercy of both ; they seem to be conscious of this fact, and express a desire to be on terms of friendship with all their neighbors. At my urgent request they presented us with several bushels of green corn this evening, which was very acceptable, as we had seen no vege- tables for several months. The Wacos live about a mile above the Witchitas, in a vil- lage constructed precisely like the other. There are twenty lodges in this village, and about two hundred souls. Their habits and customs are similar to the Witchitas, with whom they frequently intermarry, and are upon the best and most friendly terms. Both of these tribes subsist for a great portion of the year upon buffalo and deer, and wear the buffalo robes like the Comanches. They also use the bow and arrow for killing game ; sume of them, however, are provided with rifles, and are good shots. They have a large stock of horses and mules, many of which are the small Spanish breed with the Mexican brand upon them, and have probably been obtained from the prairie tribes ; while others are large, well formed animals, MEXICAN PRISONERS. 85 and have undoubtedly been stolen from the border white set- tlers. We learned from the Witchitas, much to our surprise, that a report had been made to the commanding officer at Fort Arbuckle, by a Keechi Indian, to the effect that our whole party had been overpowered and massacred by the Coman- ches near the head of Red river. This information must have originated with the Comanches or Kiowas, as they are the only tribes inhabiting the country about the sources of the river ; neither the Keechies nor the Witchitas ever venture as far out into the plains as we have been. The account given by the Indian was so circumstantial and minute in every particular, showing a perfect knowledge of all our movements, with our numbers and equipment, that the information was evidently communicated by persons who were near us at the time, and observing our movements. This accounts for the fact of their avoiding us upon all occasions, although we saw them several times, as has been observed, and frequently passed their camps that had been abandoned but a short time, yet they never came to us or communicated with us. They probably regarded us as out upon a hostile ex- pedition, going into their country to chastise them for their de- predations, and may have supposed that the report of our having been massacred would deter other parties from following us. The old chief of the Witchitas (To-se-quash) informed us that Pah-hah-en-ka's band of the " Middle Comanches," in conse- quence of some of their people having been killed near one of the military posts in Texas, were much exasperated, and had burnt up the testimonials of good character given to them by United States authorities. They had always before preserved these papers with great care, and manifested much pride and satisfaction in exhibiting them to strangers. To-se-quash says they are now "very mad," and will fight us whenever they meet us. July 23. — As it rained during the night, and still continues, we did not move forward to-day. D uring the morning I sent for the chiefs of the two villages, for the purpose of endeavor- ing to persuade them to surrender to me two Mexican priso- ers in their possession : one a man about forty years of age, and the other a boy of fifteen. The man stated that he had been with the Witchitas since he was a child, and he was not now disposed to leave them ; that he had become as great a rascal as any of the Indians, (which I gave full credence to,) and should not feel at home anywhere else. <5b LEAVE WITCHITA VILLAGE. It appeared, however, that the boy had only been with them a few months. He states that he was kidnapped by the Kio- ways from his home near Chihuahua; that in consequence of their brutal treatment he escaped, and made his way to the Witchita mountains, where a Witchita hunter found him in nearly a famished state, and brought him to this place. He says he has been kindly treated by the Witchitas, bat is anx- ious to leave them and go with us. He appears to be very intelligent, and reads and writes in his own language. In a talk with the chiefs, I told them that the American people were now on terms of friendship with the Mexicans, and in a treaty we had obligated ourselves to return to them all prisoners in the hands of Indians in our territory, and to prevent further depredations being committed upon them ; that the principal chief of the whites (the President) would not re- gard any tribe of Indians as friends who acted in violation of this treaty ; that he confidently hoped and expected all the tribes who were friendly to our people would comply strictly with the requirements of the treaty, and give up all prisoners in their possession. I then requested them to release to me the boy, and told them if they did this I should make them some presents of articles that had been sent out by the Presi- dent for such of his red children as were his friends. They hesitated for a long time, stating that the boy belonged to a Waco, and he loved him so much that it was doubtful if he could be persuaded to part with him. Whereupon I told them that if they released the boy quietly, I should reward them ; but otherwise I had determined to take him from them by force, and if compelled to resort to this course, should give them nothing in return. This appeared to have the desired effect, and they said if I would make the family into which he bad been adopted a few presents, in addition to what I had promised them, they would release him. I accordingly dis- tributed the presents, and took possession of the boy. Upon turning him over to us they divested him of the few rags of covering that hung about his person, and reluctantly gave him to us, and he makes his exit from the Witchita nation in the same costume in which he entered the world. We soon had him comfortably clothed, and he is much delighted with the change. Captain McClellan will take him to San Antonio, from which place he will communicate with his relatives. July 24. — We left the Witchita village at 4 o'clock this morning, and intended to have followed the trail which the Indians travel to Fort Arbuckle, but soon discovered that it KICKAPOOS. 8 / crossed numerous brooks running through deep gullies impass- able for wagons, which made it necessary for us to turn south towards the dividing ridge between Rush creek and Wild Horse creek. We followed this ridge for seven miles, and encamped upon a small affluent of Wild Horse creek. In our march to-day we passed over an elevated, waving coun- try, interspersed with groves of oak. Upon each side of the dividing ridge are numerous small spring branches, flowing off to the right and left, and upon these there is an abundance of good timber, with soil of the best quality. We have passed the range of the grama grass, but still find the mezquite and other varieties of wild grasses, upon which our animals con- tinue to thrive, and keep in excellent condition. After we had proceeded some ten miles upon our march this morning, we discovered that our friends the Witchitas had, in the charac- teristic style of their hospitality, abstracted from one of our wagons several articles which they probaby supposed would be more useful to them than to us. Unfortunately, we were too far from the village to admit of going back and making them restore the articles. Our Spanish boy states that before he left, they advised him to seize the first opportunity that should offer to steal one of our horses, and make his escape to them. July 25. — Our wagons were packed, and we were in mo- tion at about 3 o'clock this morning, in a course nearly due east, down the right bank of Wild Horse creek for eight miles, when we entered the Cross-Timbers upon the ridge dividing this stream from Mud creek (an affluent of Red river, which puts in above the Washita.) Our encampment this evening is upon the border of a ravine in the timber, where we find good water and grass. In our march to-day, we have passed the heads of several branches running into Wild Horse, Beaver, Rush, and Mud creeks, upon all of which there is an exuberant vegetation, de- noting a fertile soil. The timber is abundant, and of good quality, and the water, issuing from springs, is perennial. I have passed through the Cross-Timbers at five different points before this, and have always found them similar in character and composition. Some Kickapoo hunters came into camp this evening, and we could not but remark the striking contrast between them and the Witchitas. They were fine-looking, well-dressed young men, with open, frank, and intelligent countenances, and seem to scorn the idea of begging ; while the others, as Ob REACH FORT ARBUCKLE < has been observed, are incessantly begging every article they see, and do not possess the slightest gratitude for favors re- ceived. July 26. — At daylight this morning we resumed our march through the Cross-Timbers, keeping the dividing ridge for two miles, when we turned to the left, and passed down near Wild Horse creek ; but we found small streams, with abrupt banks, crossing our course so frequently, that we had much difficulty in making progress. We, however, by hard labor in digging down banks and cutting through dense thickets, suc- ceeded in making eight miles, and encamped upon a small spring branch in the Cross-Timbers. A short distance before we reached our present position we fell into an old Indian trail, where some wagons had passed several years before. We noticed where several small trees had been cut, and where the bark had been scraped off from others by the ends of the axles as they passed along. July 27. — As soon as it was sufficiently light to enable us to see the trail this morning, we started on, keeping the old wagon trace through the timber for eight miles, when it led us into a road I had made the last season, between Fort Ar- buckle and Fort Belknap, at a point fourteen miles from the former post. As soon as the men came in sight of this, they gave a prolonged and simultaneous shout of joy ; it seemed to them like greeting an old familiar acquaintance : it was the first place they had recognised in several months, and it brought them near home. The axes and spades were laid by in the wagons, as our labors in road-making terminate here ; and I have no doubt the command are heartily rejoiced upon the occasion, as their duty since we left the Witchita mountains has been very la- borious. Two miles after striking the road we emerged from the Cross-Timbers, and passing over a range of low moun- tains lying south of Wild Horse Creek valley, encamped nine miles from Fort Arbuckle. July 28. — At one o'clock this morning we were upon the road again, and at daylight marched into Fort Arbuckle, where we found our friends much astonished and delighted at our sudden appearance among them, when they had supposed us all massacred by the Comanches. We are much indebted to the kind hospitality of the officers stationed here for the generous supply of vegetables with which they furnished our entire command during our stay with them. After an exclu- sive diet of meat and bread for several months, we could not SAFE RETURN OF THE PARTY. 89 have had a more welcome present than the fine fresh vegeta- bles which their gardens afforded. I shall remain here for two or three days to dispose of the stores on our hands, recruit our animals, and get the company in readiness to return to its station at Fort Belknap, under charge of Lieutenant Updegraff. I feel a sincere regret at parting with the company, as the uniform good conduct of the men during the entire march of about a thousand miles merits my most sincere and heartfelt approbation. I have seldom had occasion even to reprimand one of them. All have performed the arduous duties assigned them with the utmost alacrity and good will ; and when (as was sometimes the case) we were obliged to make long- marches, and drink the most disgusting water for several days together, instead of murmuring and making complaints, they were cheerful and in good spirits. I owe them, as well as the officers and gentlemen who were with me, my most hearty thanks for their cordial co-operation with me in all the duties assigned to the expedition. It is probably in a great measure owing to this harmonious action on the part of all persons at- tached to the expedition that it has resulted so fortunately. We have lost no men by death, and, with the exception of the two cases of scurvy, there has been no sickness of consequence. And instead of any of our animals dying or straying away, we have had the especial good fortune of adding three horses, which we found upon the plains, to the number we received at the commencement of the march. The animals, and particularly the oxen, many of which were so poor when they left Preston as to be considered al- most useless, have all returned in fine condition, and are now much better capable of performing service than when they came into our hands. 90 PROMINENT FEATURES OF RED RIVER. CHAPTER IX. Prominent features of Red river — Floods — Chain of lakes — Cross-timbers — Arable lands — Establishment of a military post upon Red river recommended — Route of Comanches and Kioways in passing- to Mexico — Wagon-route from Fort Belknap to Santa Fe — Navigation of Red river — Erroneous opinions in regard to Red river — Extensive gypsum range — El Llano Estacado. In a comprehensive review of the physical characteristics of the particular section of Red river which is comprised within the limits of the district assigned to the attention of the expedition, it will not perhaps be considered irrelevant to make a few general observations upon the more prominent features of the country bordering upon this stream, from its confluence with the Mississippi to its sources. It will be ob- served, by reference to a map of the country embracing the basin of this river, that in ascending from the mouth, its general direction as high as Fulton, Arkansas, is nearly north and south ; that here it suddenly changes its course and maintains a direction almost due east and west to its sources. One of the first peculiarities which strikes the mind on a survey of the topography of this extensive district of country, is the general uniformity of its surface : with the exception of the Witchita range no extensive chains of lofty mountains diversi- ty the perspective, and but few elevated hills rise up to relieve the monotony of the prospect. Another distinguishing feature of this river is, that the country on its upper waters differs in every respect from that in the vicinity of its mouth. The val- ley is found to comprise two great geographical sections, each having physical characteristics entirely distinct from the other. The main branch of the river, from the point where it de- bouches out of the Staked Plain, flows through an arid prairie country almost entirely destitute of trees, over a broad bed of light and shifting sands, for a distance, measured upon its sinuosities, of some five hundred miles. This country for the most part, is subject to periodical seasons of drought, which preclude the possibility of cultivation except by means of arti- ficial irrigation. It then enters a country covered with forest- trees of gigantic dimensions, growing upon an alluvial soil of SOURCES OF RED RIVER. 91 the most pre-eminent fertility, which sustains a very diversi- fied sylva, and affords to the planter the most bountiful returns of all the products suited to this latitude. On entering this section of the river we find that the borders contract, and the water, for a great portion of the year, washes both banks, at a high stage, carrying away the loose alluvium from one side and depositing it upon the other in such a manner as to pro- duce constant changes in the channel and to render the naviga- tion difficult. This character prevails through the remainder of its course to the Delta of the Mississippi, and throughout this section it is subject to heavy inundations, which often flood the bottoms to such a degree as to produce very serious con- sequences to the planters, destroying their crops, and, upon sub- siding, occasionally leaving a deposite of white sand over the surface, rendering it thenceforth entirely barren and worthless. Below the great raft a chain of lakes continues to skirt the river for more than a hundred miles : these are supposed to have been formed in the ancient channels and low grounds of former streams, whose discharge had gradually been obstruct- ed by an embankment formed of the sedimentary matter brought down the river from above. These lakes are from five to fifty miles in length, from a quarter to three miles wide, and are filled and emptied alter- nately as the floods in Red river rise and fall ; they serve as reservoirs, which in the inundations of the banks of the river receive a great quantity of water, and, as it subsides, empty their contents gradually, thereby tending to impede the rapid discharge of the floods upon the Delta. Like all rivers of great length which drain a large extent of country, Red river is subjected to periodical seasons of high and low water. The floods occur at very uniform epochs, but the quantity and elevation of the water, as well as its continuance at a high stage, vary constantly. During the winter the water often remains high for several months, but the heavy rise which has almost invariably been observed during the month of June, often subsides in a very few days. The geographical position of the sources of Red river being in latitude 34° 42', and longitude 103° 7 10", and its conflu- ence with the Mississippi in latitude about 31° and longitude 91° 50', it extends over three and a half degrees of latitude and eleven degrees of longitude. The barometrical elevation of its sources above the sea is twenty-four hundred and fifty feet. The estimated distance by the meanderings of the 92 EXTENT OF ARABLE LAND. stream frorn the mouth to Preston, Texas, is sixteen hundred miles, and from this point to the sources of the main branch five hundred more, making the entire length of the river two thousand one hundred miles. On emerging from the timbered lands upon Red river into the great plains, we pass through a strip of forest called the Cross-Timbers. This extensive belt of woodland, which forms one of the most prominent and anomalous features upon the face of the country, is from five to thirty miles wide, and extends from the Arkansas river in a southwesterly direc- tion to the Brazos, some four hundred miles. At six different points where I have passed through it, I have found it characterized by the same peculiarities ; the trees, consisting principally of post-oak and black-jack, stand- ing at such intervals that wagons can without difficulty pass between them in any direction. The soil is thin, sandy, and poorly watered. This forms a boundary-line, dividing the country suited to agriculture from the great prairies, which, for the most part, are arid and destitute of timber. It seems to have been designed as a natural barrier between civilized man and the savage, as, upon the east side, there are nume- rous spring-brooks flowing over a highly prolific soil, with a superabundance of the best of timber, and an exuberant vege- tation, teeming with the delightful perfume of flowers of the most brilliant hues ; here and there interspersed with verdant glades and small prairies, affording inexhaustible grazing, and the most beautiful natural meadows that can be imagined ; while on the other side commence those barren and desolate wastes, where but few small streams greet the eye of the trav- eller, and these are soon swallowed up by the thirsty sands over which they flow. Here but little woodland is found, ex- cept on the immediate borders of the water-courses. From the point where Red river leaves the limbered lands, the entire face of the country, as if by the wand of a magician, suddenly changes its character. The bluffs now approach nearer the river, and the alluvial bottoms, which below here have been exceedingly rich and productive, contract, and do not support that dense and rank vegetation which character- izes the lower portion of the valley. The undergrowth of cane-brakes and vines disappears, and is no more seen throughout the entire extent of the valley. The lands adja- cent gradually rise, and exhibit broad and elevated swells of surface, with spacious valleys intervening, and the soil con- tinues to become more and more sterile as we ascend, until COMANCHES AND KIOWAYS. \)d we reach the 101st degree of longitude, when from this point, with few exceptions, there is no more arable land. Previous to my departure upon the expedition, I had been led to believe, from the representations of the Indians and others, that after passing Cache creek, no more good timber or land suited to cultivation would be met with upon the waters of Red river ; but in this (as will have been observed) I was greatly in error, as we found much good timber and fertile land above this point. The country drained by the numerous branches of Cache creek alone is very large, and possesses, in a remarkable de- gree, all the elements necessary for constituting a rich and productive agricultural district. Including the valleys embraced within the Witchita moun- tains, there are, upon a very moderate estimate, at least from seventy-five to eighty thousand acres of tillable lands upon the waters of this stream. In the valley of Otter creek there are also several thousand acres of rich alluvial lands, with timber in abundance ; and upon Elk, Sweetwater, and the other small affluents of the North Fork, much land is found which would rank with our government surveyors as "first rate" in quality. All these would make up an aggregate of at least one hundred and fifty thousand acres of land, upon which cotton, corn, and most other grains could be produced abun- dantly. Could they be persuaded to lay aside their wandering hab- its and cultivate the soil, the amount of land here alluded to would be more than sufficient to sustain all the natives inhab- iting this section of country ; and the luxuriant and nutritious grasses which everywhere abound throughout the entire ex- tent of the river basin, would furnish an inexhaustible amount of forage and grazing for their numerous animals. The win- ters here are mild, and it is seldom that the snow covers the ground more than a day or two at a time. There is a con- stant supply of good running-water upon all the minor tribu- taries to the North Fork, and sufficient woodland to supply farmers with fuel for a great number of years. The soil of the valley of the main trunk of the river, as well as upon the Salt Fork, is thin and sandy, with very little timber or palatable water ; and the country here possesses but few of the requisites essential to agriculture. The Comanches and Kioways resort in great numbers to the waters of the north fork of Red river, where they find for- age for their animals abundant during the winter months. 94 NECESSITY OF A NEW POST. Vestiges of their camps were everywhere observed along the whole course of the valley, from the Witchita mountains to the sources ; and the numerous remains of the stumps of trees, which had been cut down by them at different periods, indi- cated that this had been a favorite resort for them during many years. In several places we found camps that had only been deserted but a few days, and some where the fires were still burning. From the great extent of surface upon which the grass was cropped at some of these camping-places, and from the multitude of tracks still remaining, we inferred that they were supplied with immense numbers of animals ; and they are undoubtedly attracted here by the superior quality of the grass, and the great abundance of cotton-wood which is found along the borders of the streams, upon the bark of which they fatten their favorite horses in the winter season. Should the government authorities ever have occasion to communicate with these Indians, I have no doubt that many of them can always be found during the autumn, winter, and spring months along this branch of Red river ; during the summer they leave and travel north in pursuit of the buffalo, generally ranging between the north fork of the Canadian and the Arkansas river. We observed but few places upon the main branch of the river where the Indians had made their encampments. We, however, saw trails where they are accustomed to travel, crossing this branch and leading south towards the Brazos ; indeed, a party with about fifty horses and mules had trav- elled along the bed of the Ke-che-a-qui-ho-no, through the gorge to the head of the river, but a short time previous to our passing. The military posts already established upon the southwes- tern borders of Texas, with the two occupied by the fifth in- fantry in the direction of the headwaters of the Brazos, un- doubtedly exercise a good influence over the southern Co- manches who frequent that section ; but there is a vast tract of country to the north of this, extending across Red river and the Canadian to the Arkansas, where there is no military post until reaching Fort Atkinson, upon the Santa Fe trace. Fort Arbuckle and Fort Scott are near the settlements, and they are now entirely out of the range of the prairie tribes. The northern and middle Comanches and the Kioways occupy this country, and go and come when and where they choose with- out the knowledge of any of our military authorities. These Indians probably commit more depredations upon the northern SITES FOR A MILITARY POST. 95 provinces of Mexico than any others. In passing back and forth upon these forays, they were formerly in the habit of taking a route crossing the Brazos and Colorado rivers, in the vicinity of some of the military posts in Western Texas ; but since they have become acquainted with the localities of these posts, I have been informed by the Indians that they were so much harassed by the troops as to cause them to change their route ; and now they generally pass to the north and west, entirely around this chain of posts. It is a well known fact, that whenever depredations have been committed by the Indians along the western borders of Texas, the perpetrators have almost invariably come from the north and returned in that direction ; and when pursued, their trace has generally been found to lead towards Red river, in the direction of the western extremity of the Witchita chain of mountains. Such was the fact in the recent instances where animals were stolen from the posts upon the Brazos ; and I cannot but believe, if there had been a garrison at some point upon Red river in the vicinity of the mountains, that the stolen animals might in a majority of cases have been recovered, and the authors of the depredations detected. Heretofore the troops stationed upou the Brazos, when sent in pursuit of Indians who had stolen animals, have followed thern until their provisions were consumed, and have then been obliged to abandon the trail and turn back before coming near them ; whereas, if they had started out from a post upon Red river, they would probably have been enabled to carry provi- sions sufficient to have served them until they could have reached the encampments where the freebooters had left their families. A garrison established near the western extremity of the Witchita range of mountains would be in the heart of the Comanche country, and near the point where they cross Red river upon their marauding expeditions into Texas and Mexico. The military authorities stationed here would have an op- portunity of becoming acquainted with the chiefs, and with the character and habits of the Indians frequenting this section, and would have greater facilities for gaining their confidence and removing the unfavorable impression which they have heretofore entertained towards Americans. Believing that our government contemplates taking their hunting-grounds from them, they have always been suspicious of the motives of the whites who have visited their country ; so much so, that upon one occasion they massacred a party of twenty men 96 WAGON-TRACE TO SANTA FE. who attempted to survey a tract of land in Western Texas. They desire, therefore, to remain as far as possible away from the white settlements. _ If troops were quartered in their country anywhere in the vicinity of the point I have mentioned, the Indians would by degrees become familiarized to their presence, and in time learn that instead of doing them injustice, the policy of our government towards them is such as would ultimately con- duce to their welfare and prosperity. At almost any point throughout the Witchita mountains, all the requisites for building and sustaining a military post are found in great profusion. The quality of the timber, soil, and water, are all far superior to that, near the posts upon the Bra- zos river ; and I firmly believe there is no more salubrious climate in the universe. In my humble judgment, in view of what has been said, a military post established in the vicinity of these mountains, and garrisoned by a force of sufficient strength to command the respect of the Indians, would add more to the efficiency of the army in checking their depredations than any other po- sition that is now occupied by the troops in Western Texas* This post would be about one hundred and forty miles distant from Fort Arbuckle ; two hundred miles from Fort Washita ; and one hundred and twenty from Fort Belknap ; and being near Red river, (which it is believed will prove navigable, at a good stage of water, nearly as high as this point,) the troops could probably be furnished with supplies at a lower rate than at any of the military posts in this part of the coun- try equi-distant from the seacoast. Should it become necessary to march troops or transport supplies between the military posts upon the headwaters of the Brazos and Santa Fe. a better route cannot be desired for wagons than the one we have followed from Fort Belknap to the confluence of Cache creek, continuing up the north fork of Red river to near its source in the Staked Plain, and thence across in a northwesterly direction to the Canadian river, upon the south bank of which will be found a distinctly- marked wagon-trace, travelled by California emigrants in the summer of 1849, which leads in a very direct course, over firm and smooth ground, to Santa Fe. There is a bountiful supply of all that is essential to the comfort of the traveller and his animals upon this route ; and good wood, water, and grass, are found so abundantly along the entire distance, that he need not make a single encampment without them HEAD OF NAVIGATION. 97 all. The distance, measured along the route over which we travelled, from Fort Belknap to the mouth of Cache creek, is one hundred and twenty miles ; from this point to the head of the north fork of Red river is two hundred and thirty-seven miles ; to the Canadian, twenty-five miles ; thence to Santa Fe, two hundred and ninety-five miles ; making the aggregate distance between the termini six hundred and seventy-seven miles. These distances, as far as the Canadian, are measured upon the route over which we travelled in our explorations ; and although its general course is reasonably direct, it is in some places circuitous, and could probably be shortened so as to reduce the distance to about six hundred and forty miles. The navigation of Red river with steamers of light draught is practicable at all times to Shreveport ; and about four months of the year they have ascended without difficulty to Fort Towson. During the past season, at a time when the river was at a low stage, a steamer drawing three and a half feet of water had no difficulty in ascending as high as Preston, near the confluence of the Washita. Several boats had previously reached this point upon the river ; but as there are but few settlements above here, there has as yet been no inducements held out for boats to attempt the navigation of the river any higher. I am confident, however, from what I have seen ot Upper Red river, that at a medium stage there will be suffi- cient depth of water for small steamers, such as ply upon some of the tributaries to the Mississippi, to ascend the river as high as where the two principal branches unite, (about fifty miles above the mouth of Cache creek.) As an evidence of this, on our outward march, at a time when the river was at a high stage, I had occasion for crossing frequently, but could find no place below the point mentioned where the water in the channel was of less depth than five feet ; indeed, I do not think as many obstructions will be found above Pres- ton as below, for the reason that there is but little woodland bordering upon the upper portion of the river, and conse- quently but few of those formidable obstacles called snags. At a low stage the water in the river becomes very shallow, and can then be forded at any point. But during high water, the quicksands in the bed of the stream become loose and un- stable, and make it hazardous to attempt a passage with animals. It was observed throughout that portion of the valley of the river which came under our observation, that it was bordered upon each side by three distinct terraces or 7 98 WATER. benches running parallel with the course of the stream. The first of these is from three to six feet high, from fifty to two hundred feet wide, and in places subject to overflow. The second, which is from ten to twenty feet above the first, is from two to five hundred feet wide, and is never submerged. The third varies from fifty to three hundred feet in elevation above the second, and forms the elevated line of bluffs that terminate the prairie lands adjacent to the valley. In many places between the upper extremity of the Wit- chita mountains and the sources of the river, we found con- tinuous chains of sand-hills, from twenty to fifty feet high, bordering the valley, and denuded of all herbage save a few plum-bushes and grape-vines. Although there is some good soil upon the small affluents to the main river, the country generally, immediately bordering it, is barren and sandy. Several erroneous opinions have for many years been en- tertained in regard to the country upon the headwaters of Red river. For instance, it has generally been supposed, from the circumstance of a heavy rise occurring in the river during the month of June, at a time when there is generally no rain in the settlements, and during the dry season upon the plains, that the sources of the river would be found in lofty mountain ranges, where the melting snows would ac- count for the great amount of water passing through the chan- nel at the season mentioned. But such is not the fact, as all the principal branches above Cache creek have their origin in the eastern borders of the table-lands of New Mexico, where there are no mountains. We, however, observed fre- quent copious rains in the vicinity of the Wichita mountains during the season of the June flood ; and I am of the opinion that here is the source whence much of the water is derived. As the water in the river has a very bitter and disagreeable taste, it has been conjectured that it passed in its course through extensive salt plains ; but this I also found to be an error. We saw no deposite of chloride of sodium in the vicin- ity of the river ; the peculiar taste being communicated by ingredients that it receives in flowing for a hundred miles over a gypsum formation. An analysis of this water, under the direction of Dr. Clark of Amherst College, gives the fol- lowing results, from which it will be seen that the per-centage of salt is small :* *I have understood, since our return, that the Indians have recently dis- covered a deposite of salt (chloride of sodium) about three miles to the south of our return route, near the western extremity of the Witchita mountains. GYPSUM BEDS. 99 Weight of water in fluid ounces ------ 4. Weight of water in fluid grames ------ 127. Weight of chlorine present -------- .051 Weight of lime ----------- .033 Weight of sulphuric acid -------- .095 Sulphates of soda and magnesia ------ .168 Regarding the lime as a sulphate, and the residue of sul- phuric acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorine as united with the sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime -------- .080 Weight of sulphate of magnesia ------ .073 Weight of chloride of sodium ------ .084 Weight of the whole --------- .237 Per-centage of matter in solution ------ 19 This gypsum range forms an immense belt, which extends across the country for some four or five hundred miles. CoL Long speaks of seeing it upon the Arkansas ; and I have my- self passed through it at lour other different points south of this, embracing a range of some three hundred miles. It is regarded by Dr. Hitchcock as the most extensive deposit of this mineral in North America. I have everywhere found it characterized by the same peculiarities, with the water issuing from it invariably bitter and unpalatable. The Arkansas, Canadian, Brazos, Colorado, and Pecos rivers. pass through the formation, and a similar taste is imparted to the waters of all. Several of these also have their sources in the same elevated table-lands as Red river, and where they make their exit from this plateau their beds are confined to vast sluices or cartons, the sides of which rise very abruptly to an enormous height above the surface of the water. The foaren mesa, in which these streams take their rise, extends from the Canadian river, in a southerly course, to near the confluence of the Pecos with the Rio Grande, some four hun- dred miles, between the 32d and 37th parallels of north lati- tude. It is in places nearly two hundred miles in width, and is embraced within the 101st and 104th meridians of west longitude. The approximate elevation of this plain above the sea, as determined with the barometer, is two thousand four hundred and fifty feet. It is much elevated above the surrounding country, ver}^ smooth and level, and spreads out 100 LLANO ESTACADO. in every direction as far as the eye can penetrate, without a tree, shrub, or any other herbage to intercept the vision. The traveller, in passing over it, sees nothing but one vast, dreary, and monotonous waste of barren solitude. It is an ocean of desert prairie, where the voice of man is seldom heard, and where no living being permanently resides. The almost total absence of water causes all animals to shun it : even the In- dians do not venture to cross it except at two or three points, where they find a few small ponds of water. I was told in New Mexico that, many years since, the Mexicans marked out a route with stakes across this plain, where they found water ; and hence the name by which it is known throughout Mexico, of " El Llano Eslacado," or the " Staked Plain." INDIANS OF THE COUNTRY. 101 CHAPTER X. Indians of the country — Habits of the Comanches and Kioways — Similarity be- tween them and the Arabs and Tartars — Predatory excursions into Mexico — War Implements — Incredulity regarding the customs of the Whites — Method of saluting Strangers — Degraded condition of the Women — Aversion to ar- dent spirits — Prairie Indians contrasted with Indians of the Eastern States — Buffaloes — Probable condition of the Indians upon the extermination of the Buffaloes — Pernicious influences of Traders — Superstitions of the Natives, The country over which we passed is frequented by seve- ral tribes of Indians, who follow the buffalo, and subsist al- most exclusively upon the uncertain products of the chase. The Witchitas, Wacos, Kechies, and Quapaws, all resort to the country about the Witchita mountains, where a few years since they had their thatched villages and corn-fields, but they have recently removed near the white settlements. The Witchitas and Wacos, as before stated, are now living upon Rush creek, while the Kechies and Quapaws are upon Chou- teau's creek, an affluent of the Canadian. The Witchitas and Kechies each number about one hundred warriors ; the Wacos about eighty ; and the Quapaws only about twenty-five. They all use the horse in their hunting and war expeditions, and are possessed of a good supply of these animals. The history of the Quapaws, a minute remnant of what was once a large and powerful nation of Indians, called the "Arkan- sas," but now only numbering a very few lodges of miserable half-starved beggars, is truly melancholy. Father Charle- voix, in his " Historical Journal of a Voyage down the Mis- sissippi," speaks of visiting them, and found them at that time very numerous and warlike. He says of them : " The Arkansas, or Quapaws, are reckoned to be the tallest and best-shaped of all the savages of this continent, and they are called, by way of distinction, 'the fine men.'" He describes them as occupying at the time of his visit four villages, one of which was upon the Mississippi, a short distance above the mouth of the Arkansas. They were, according to him, com- posed of the confederated remnants of several ruined nations. In the time of Du Pratz these Indians had all moved up the 102 SALUBRITY OF THE PLAINS. Arkansas, and were living about twelve miles from the mouth of White river : the}^ were then quite numerous, and he com- pliments them by saying that they were no less distinguished as warriors than hunters, and that they were the first nation that succeeded in conquering the warlike and numerous Chickasaws. It is related that upon one occasion they en- countered the Chickasaws, who, in consequence of having no powder, considered it most prudent to make a precipitate re- treat ; whereupon the Quapaw chief, understanding the cause, determined they should be placed on an equality, and ordered all his warriors to empty their powder-horns into a blanket, and making an equal division of the powder, he gave one-half to his enemies. The battle then commenced, and in a short time terminated with a signal defeat of the Chickasaws, who retreated with a loss of ten killed and five prisoners, while the Quapaws only lost one man. They were also distinguished for their friendship to the early settlers along the Arkansas river, and it is much to be deplored that this once numerous and valorous nation is so fast approaching annihilation. The two most numerous and powerful tribes of Indians frequent- ing the country upon Upper Red river are the Comanches and Kioways ; the former range from the Witchita mountains to the sources of the river, while the latter occasionally visit the headwaters, but seldom come as far down as the moun- tains. These tribes have similar habits, but speak different languages. The most numerous and warlike nation is that of the Comanches, who are separated into three distinct local grand divisions, namely ; the Northern, Middle, and Southern; each of these is subdivided into several bands, commanded by separate chiefs. The Northern and Middle Comanches subsist almost entire- ly upon the flesh of the buffalo ; they are known among the other Indians as " buffalo-eaters," and are generally found at their heels, migrating with them from place to place upon those vast and inhospitable plains of the West, the greater portion of which are incapable of cultivation, and seem des- tined in the future, as in the past, to be the abode of the wan- dering savage, possessing as they do, so few attractions to civilized man. This vast district, however, exhibits one char- acteristic which compensates for many of its asperities : per- haps no part of the habitable globe is more favorable to human existence, so far as the atmosphere is concerned, than this. Free from marshes, stagnant water, great bodies of timber, and all other sources of poisonous malaria, and open SKILL IN HORSEMANSHIP. 103 to every wind that blows, this immense grassy expanse is purged from impurities of every kind, and the air imparts a force and vigor to the body and mind which repays the occu- pant in a great measure for his deprivations. Nature, which almost everywhere exhibits some compensation to man for great hardships, has here conferred upon him health, the first and best of her gifts. It is a fact worthy of remark, that man in whatever situation he may be placed, is influenced in his modes of existence, his physical and moral condition, by the natural resources of climate, soil, and other circumstances around him, over the operations of which he has no control. Fortunately, such is the flexibility of his nature that he soon learns to adapt himself to the hardest and most untoward cir- cumstances, and indeed, ultimately becomes not only recon- ciled to his lot, but persuades himself that his condition is far preferable to that of most others. The example of our western-border settlers is illustrative of this fact, as they continue to remove farther and farther west as the settlements encroach upon them, preferring a life of dangerous adventure and solitude to personal security and the comforts and enjoyments of society ; and what was at first necessity to them becomes in time a source of excitement and pleasure. The nomadic Indian of the prairies demonstrates the posi- tion still more forcibly: free as the boundless plains over which he roams, he neither knows nor wants any luxuries beyond what he finds in the buffalo or the deer around him. These serve him with food, clothing, and a covering for his lodge, and he sighs not for the titles and distinctions which occupy the thoughts and engage the energies of civilized man. His only ambition consists in being able to cope successfully with his enemy in war, and in managing his steed with unfail- ing adroitness. He is in the saddle from boyhood to old age, and his favorite horse is his constant companion. It is when mounted that the Comanche exhibits himself to the best ad- vantage: here he is at home, and his skill in various manoeu- vres which he makes available in battle — such as throwing himself entirely upon one side of his horse, and discharging his arrows with great rapidity towards the opposite side from beneath the animal's neck while he is at full speed — is truly astonishing.^ Many of the women are equally expert, as eques- trians, with the men. They ride upon the same saddles and in the same manner, with a leg upon each side of the horse. As an example of their skill in horsemanship, two young wo- 104 ATTACHMENT TO THEIR HORSES men of one of the bands of the Northern Comanches, while we were encamped near them, upon seeing some antelopes at a distance from their camp, mounted horses, and, with lassos in their hands, set off at full speed in pursuit of this fleetest in- habitant of the plains. After pursuing them for some distance, and taking all the advantages which their circuitous course permitted, they finally came near them, and, throwing the lasso with unerring precision, secured each animal and brought it back in triumph to the camp. Every warrior has his war- horse, which is the fleetest that can be obtained, and he prizes him more highly than anything else in his possession, and it is seldom that he can be induced to part with him at any price. He never mounts him except when going into battle, the buf- falo chase, or upon state occasions. On his return from an excursion he is met at the door of his lodge by one of his wives, who takes his horse and attends to its wants with the utmost care. The prairie warrior performs no menial labor ; his only occupation is in war and the chase. His wives, who are but little dearer to him than his horse, perform all the drudgery. He follows the chase, he smokes his pipe, he eats and sleeps ; and thus he passes his time, and in his own esti- mation he is the most lordly and independent sovereign in the universe. Such are some of the characteristics of the prairie Indians ; and I cannot dismiss the subject without remarking that, in addition to the physical similitude between the deserts of Arabia, the steppes of Central Asia, and the prairie mesas of our own country, a very striking resemblance is also ob- served in the habits and customs of the respective inhabitants. The Arabs of the desert, the Tartar tribes, and the aboriginal occupants of the prairies, are alike wanderers, having no per- manent abiding-places, transporting their lodges wherever they go, and where these are pitched there are their homes. They permit no authorities to control them but such as re- ceive the unanimous sanction of the masses, and the rule of their leaders is guided by the counsels of their old men, who in many cases allay dissensions and curb the impetuosity of ambitious young warriors, whose thirst for fame would often involve the nation in protracted wars. Thus their govern- ment is patriarchal, guided by mature and fraternal counsels. They are insensible to the wants and comforts of civilization ; they know neither poverty nor riches, vice nor virtue, and are alike exempt from the deplorable vicissitudes of fortune. Theirs is a happy state of equality, which knows not the per- plexities of ambition nor the crimes of avarice. They never GOVERNMENT. 105 cultivate the soil, but subsist altogether upon game and what they can steal. They are alike the most expert horsemen in the world, and possess the same fond attachment for the ani- mal. I once made an effort to purchase a favorite horse from a chief of one of the bands of the Southern Comanches, (Se- na-co,) and offered him a large price, but he could not be persuaded to part with him. He said the animal was one of the fleetest in their possession, and if he were to sell him it would prove a calamity to his whole band, as it often required all the speed of this animal to insure success in the buffalo chase ; that his loss would be felt by all his people, and he would be regarded as very foolish; moreover, he said, (pat- ting his favorite on the neck,) " I love him very much." The only property of these people, with the exception of a few articles belonging to their domestic economy, consists en- tirely in horses and mules, of which they possess great num- bers. These are mostly pillaged from the Mexicans, as is evident from the brand which is found upon them. The most successful horse-thieves among them own from fifty to two hundred animals. In their political and domestic relations there is also a simi- larity to the Old World nomads. They are governed by a chief, the tenure of whose office is hereditary, so long as his administration meets the approbation of his followers. He leads them to war, and presides at their deliberations in coun- cil ; but should he disgrace himself by any act of cowardice or mal-administration, they do not hesitate to depose him and place a more competent man in his stead. Their laws are such as are adapted to their peculiar situation, and are sanc- tioned by the voice of the people. Their execution is vested in the subordinate chiefs, or captains, as they are called, and they are promptly and rigidly enforced. In respect to the rights of property, their code is strictly Spartan. They are perhaps as arrant freebooters as can be found upon the face of the earth ; and they regard stealing from strangers as per- fectly legitimate and honorable, and that man who has been most successful in this is the most highly honored by his tribe ; indeed, a young man who has not made one or more of these expeditions into Mexico is held in but little repute. In evi- dence of this, I was told by an old chief of the Northern Co- manches, called Is-sa-keep, that he was the father of four sons, who he said were as fine young men as could be found ; that they were a great source of comfort to him in his old age, 108 FORAYS OP THE INDIANS. and could steal more horses than any other young men in his band. As these forays are often attended with much toil and dan- ger, they are called " war expeditions." It not unfrequently happens that but six or eight young men set out upon one of these adventures, and the only outfit they require is a horse, with their war equipments, consisting of the bow and arrows, lance and shield, with occasionally a gun. Thus prepared, they set out upon a journey of a thousand miles or more, through a perfectly wild and desolate country, dependent for subsistence wholly upon such game as they may chance to find. They make their way to the northern provinces of Mexico, where they lie in wait near some hacienda until a favorable opportunity offers to sweep down upon a solitary herdsman, and, with the most terrific yells, drive before them all the animals they desire. Wo to the panic-stricken ranchero who fails to make a precipitate retreat, as they invariably kill such men as offer the slightest ^pediment to their operations, and take women and children prisoners, whom they ho]d in bondage of the most servile character. They are sometimes absent from their tribes two years or more before their success is sufficient to justify their returning with credit to them- selves. The use of the bow, which is the favorite arm and con- stant appendage of the prairie Indian, and which he makes use of exclusively in hunting the buffalo, is taught the boys at a very early age ; and by constant and careful practice, they acquire a degree of proficiency in the art that renders them, when grown up to manhood, formidable in war, as well as successful in the chase. Their bows are made of the tough and elastic wood of the "bois d'arc," or Osage orange (Ma- dura aurantiaca) strengthened and reinforced with the sinews of the deer wrapped firmly around them, and strung with a cord made of the same material. They are not more than one-half the length of the old English long-bow, which was said to have been sixteen hands' breadth in length. The ar- rows are twenty inches long, of flexible wood, with a trian- gular point of iron at one end, and two feathers, intersecting each other at right angles, at the opposite extremity. At short distances the bow, in the hands of the Indian, is effec- tive, and frequently throws the arrow entirely through the huge carcass of the buffalo. In using this instrument, the Indian warrior protects himself from the missiles of his enemy with a shield of circular form, covered with two thicknesses COMANCHE DRESS. of hard, undressed buffalo-hide, separated by a space of about an inch, which is stuffed with hair ; this is fastened to the left arm by two bands, in such a manner as not to interfere with the free use of the hand, and offers such resistance that a rifle-ball will not penetrate it unless it strikes perpendicular to tire surface. They also make use of a war-club, made by bending a withe around a hard stone of about two pounds weight, which has been previously prepared with a groove in which the withe fits, and is thereby prevented from slipping off. The handle is about fourteen inches long, and bound with buffalo-hide. — -The Comanche men are about the medium stature, with bright, copper-colored complexions and intelligent counte- nances, in many instances with aquiline noses, thin lips, black eyes and hair, with but little beard. They never cut the hair, but wear it of very great length, and ornament it upon state occasions with silver and beads. Their dress consists of leggins and moccasins, with a cloth wrapped around the loins. The body is generally naked above the middle, except when covered with the buffalo-robe, which is a constant ap- pendage to their wardrobe. y" The women are short, with crooked legs, and are obliged to crop their hair close to their heads. They wear, in addition to the leggins and moccasins, a skirt of dressed deer-skin. They also tattoo their faces and breasts, and are far from being as good looking as the men. Notwithstanding that these people are hospitable and kind to strangers, and apparently amiable in their dispositions, yet, when a warrior conceives himself injured, his thirst for re- venge knows no satiety. Grave and dignified in his deport- ment, and priding himself upon his coolness of temper and the control of his passions, yet, when once provoked, he, like the majority of his race, is implacable and unrelenting; an affront is laid up and cherished in his breast, and nothing can efface it from his mind until ample reparation has been made. He has no idea of forgiveness : the insult must be atoned for by blood. With many tribes, quarrels can often be settled by presents to the injured party; but with the Comanches, their law of equity is of such a character that no reconciliation can take place until the reproach is wiped out with the blood of their enemy.'! They make no use of money except for ornaments. Like other tribes, they are fond of decking them- selves with paint, beads, and feathers ; and the young warrior often spends more time at his toilet than the most conceited coxcomb that can be found in civilized life. Bright red and IUo IDEA OF THEIR OWN SUPERIORITY. blue are their favorite colors ; and vermilion is an important article in the stock of goods of one of their traders. This they always carry about their persons; and whenever they expect to meet strangers, they always (provided they have time) make their toilet with care, and paint their faces. Some few of their chiefs who have visited their Great Father at Washington, have returned strongly impressed with the nu- merical power and prosperity of the whites; but the great majority of them being entirely ignorant of everything thai relates to us, and the most of them having never even seen a white man, believe the Comanches to be the most powerful nation in existence ; and the relation of facts which conflict with this notion, by their own people, to the masses of the tribes at their prairie firesides, only subjects the narrator to ridicule, and he is set down as one whose brain has been turned by the necromancy of the pale-faces, and is thence- forth regarded as wholly unworthy of confidence. Having upon one occasion a Delaware and a Comanche with me in the capacity of guides, I was much diverted with a conversation that passed between them in my presence, and which was interpreted to me by the Delaware. It appeared that the latter had stated to the other the fact of the sphericity of the earth's surface. This idea being altogether new and incomprehensible to the Comanche, was received with much incredulity, and, after gazing a moment intently at the Dela- ware to ascertain if he were sincere, he asked if that person took him for a child, or if he looked like an idiot. The Dela- ware said no ; but that the white people, who knew all about these things, had ascertained such to be the fact; and added, that the world was not only round, but that it revolved in its orbit around the sun. The Comanche very indignantly replied, that any man of sense could, by looking off upon the prairie, see at a glance that the earth was perfectly level; and, more- over, that his grandfather had been west to the end of it, where the sun disappeared behind a vertical wall. The Delaware continued, in his simple but impressive manner, to describe to the Comanche the steam-engine, with other ob- jects of interest he had seen among the whites, all of which the Comanche regarded as the product of a fertile imagina- tion, expressly designed to deceive him; and the only reply that he deigned to make was an occasional exclamation in his own language, the interpretation of which the Delaware pro- nounced to be, " Hush, you fool!" I then endeavored to ex- plain to the Delaware the operation of the magnetic telegraph, EECEPTION OF STANGERS. 109 and, in illustration of its practical utility, stated to him that a message could be sent a distance of one thousand miles, and an answer returned, in the short space of ten minutes' time. He seemed much interested in this, and listened attentively to my remarks, but made no comments until I requested him to explain it to the Comanche, when he said, "I don't think I tell him that, Captain ; for the truth is, I don't believe it my- self." The mode of life of the prairie tribes, owing to their un- settled and wandering habits, is such as to render their condi- tion one of constant danger and apprehension. The security of their numerous animals from the encroachments of their enemies, and their constant liability to attacks, make it imper- atively necessary for them to be at all times upon the alerts Their details for herdsmen are made with as much regularity as the guard-details at a military post; and even in times of the most profound peace, they guard their animals both night and day, while scouts are often patrolling upon the adjoining heights to give notice of the approach of strangers, when their animals are hurried to a place of security, and everything made ready for defence. The manner in which they salute a stranger is somewhat peculiar, as my own reception at one of their encampments will show. The chief at this encamp- ment was a very corpulent old man, with exceedingly scanty attire, who, immediately on our approach, declared himself a great friend of the Americans, and persisted in giving me evidence of his sincerity by an embrace, which, to please him, I forced myself to submit to, although it was far from agreeable to my own feelings. Seizing me in his brawny arms while we were yet in the saddle, and laying his greasy head upon my shoulder, he inflicted upon me a most bruin- like squeeze, which I endured with a degree of patient forti- tude worthy of the occasion; and I was consoling myself upon the completion of the salutation, when the savage again seized me in his arms, and I was doomed to another similar torture, with his head on my other shoulder, while at the same time he rubbed his greasy face against mine in the most affectionate manner; all of which proceeding, he gave me to understand, was to be regarded as a most distinguished and signal mark of affection for the American people in gen- eral, whom, as he expressed it, he loved so much that it almost broke his heart; and in particular for myself, who, as their representative, can bear testimony to the strength of his attach- ment. On leaving his camp, the chief shook me heartily by HOSTILITY TO NEGROES. the hand, telling me at the same time that he was not a Co- manche, but an American ; and as I did not feel disposed to be outdone in politeness by an Indian, I replied in the same spirit, that there was not a drop of Anglo-Saxon blood in my veins, but that T was wholly and absolutely a Comanche, at which he seemed delighted, duly understanding and appre- ciating the compliment. These people are hospitable and kind to all with whom they are not at war ; and on the arrival of a stranger at their camps a lodge is prepared for him, and he is entertained as long as he chooses to remain among them. They are also kind and affectionate to each other, and as long as anything comestible remains in the camp all are permitted to share alike ; but with these exceptions, they are possessed of but few virtues. Polygamy is sanctioned, and is very common among them, every man being allowed as many wives as he can support. Within the past few years the Comanches have (for what reason I could not learn) taken an inveterate dislike to the negroes, and have massacred several small parties of those who attempted to escape from the Seminoles and cross the plains for the purpose of joining Wild Cat upon the Rio Grande. Upon inquiring of them the cause of their hostility to the blacks, they replied that it was because they were .slaves to the whites ; that they were sorry for them. I sus- pect, however, that they were actuated by other motives than they cared about acknowledging, and that instead of wishing to better their condition by sending them to another world, where they would be released from the fetters of bondage, they were apprehensive, if they permitted them to pass quietly, that in time Wild Cat's followers upon the Rio Grande would augment to such a degree that he would inter- fere with their marauding operations along the Mexican bor- ders. During the past year they have also been hostile towards the Delawares and Shawnees, and have killed sev- eral individuals who have been into their country in small parties. The Creek Indians, who exercise a good influence over the prairie tribes, have counselled them to commit no further acts of hostility upon these Indians, and I presume they will take measures to enforce a strict adherence to their wishes in this respect. These people, who are so extremely jealous of their own freedom that they will often commit sui- cide rather than be taken prisoners, are the more prone to enslave others, and this dominant principle is carried to the greatest extreme so far as regards their women. A beast of DIET OF THE COMANCHES. Ill burden and a slave to the will of her brutal master, yet, strange as it may appear, the Comanche woman seems con- tented with her lot, and submits to her fate without a mur- mur. The hardships imposed upon the females are most severe and cruel. The distance of rank and consideration which exists between the black slave and his master is not greater than between the Comanche warrior and his wife. Every degrading office that is imposed upon the black by the most tyrannical master, falls, among the Comanches, to the lot of the wretched female. They, in common with other Indians, are not a prolific race ; indeed, it is seldom that a woman has more than three or four children. Many of these, owing to unavoidable exposure, die young ; the boys, how- ever, are nurtured with care and treated with great kindness by their mothers, while the girls are frequently beaten and abused unmercifully. I have never seen an idiot, or one that was naturally deformed, among them. , Of all the Indians I had before encountered, there were none who had not an extreme fondness for spirituous liquors. The prairie tribes that I have seen, say the taste of such liquor is not pleasant ; that it makes fools of them, and that they do not desire it. If there are exceptions to this, I think they may be set down as factitious rather than natural ; the appetite having been created by occasional indulgence in the use of a little at a time. The diet of these people is very simple ; from infancy to old age their only food, with the exception of a few wild plants which they find on the prairies, is fresh meat, of which, in times of plenty, they consume enormous quantities. In common with many other tribes, they can, when necessity demands it, abstain from eating for several days without in- convenience, and they are enabled to make up at one meal the deficieney. All of them are extravagantly fond of tobac- co, which they use for smoking, mixed with the dried leaves of the sumach, inhaling the smoke into their lungs, and giv- ing it out through their nostrils. Their language is verbal and pantomimic. The former consists of a very limited num- ber of words™ some of which are common to all the prairie tribes. The latter, which is exceedingly graceful and expres- sive, is the court language of the plains, and is used and un- derstood with great facility and accuracy by all the tribes from the Gila to the Columbia ; the motions and signs to ex- press ideas being common to all. In contemplating the char- acter of the prairie Indian, and the striking similarity be- 112 TREATMENT OF PRISONERS. tween him and the Arab and Tartar, we are not less aston- ished at the absolute dissimilarity between these and the ab- original inhabitants of the eastern States. The latter, from the time of the discovery of the country, lived in permanent villages, where they cultivated fields of corn, and possessed strong attachment lor their ancestral abodes and sepulchres : they did not use horses, but always made their hunting and war expeditions on foot, and sought the cover of trees on go- ing into battle : while the former have no permanent abiding- places, never cultivate the soil, are always mounted, and never fight a battle except in the open prairie, where they charge boldly up to an enemy, discharge their arrows with great rapidity, and are away before their panic-stricken an- tagonist can prepare to resist or retaliate. In their treatment of prisoners of war there was also a very marked difference. The eastern tribes, although they put their prisoners to tor- tures £>f the most appalling character, seldom, if ever, violate the chastity of the females ; while, on the contrary, the prairie Indians do not put their prisoners to death by prolonged tor- tures, bat invariably compel the females to submit to their lewd embraces. There is at this time a white women among the Middle Comanches, by the name of Parker, who, with her brother, was captured while they were young children, from their father's house in the western part of Texas. This woman has adopted all the habits and peculiarities of the Comanches ; has an Indian husband and children, and can- not be persuaded to leave them. The brother of the woman, who had been ransomed by a trader and brought home to his relatives, was sent back by his mother for the purpose of en- deavoring to prevail upon his sister to leave the Indians and return to her family ; but he stated to me that on his arrival she refused to listen to the proposition, saying that her hus- band, children, and all that she held most dear, were with the Indians, and there she should remain. As the prairie Indians depend almost entirely on the buffalo for a subsistence and for clothing, it becomes a question of much interest, what will be the fate of these people when these animals shall have be- come extinct ? Formerly, buffaloes were found in countless herds over almost the entire northern continent of America, from the 28th to the 50th degree of north latitude, and from the shores of Lake Champlain to the Rocky mountains. As it is important to collect and preserve all facts connected with the history of this interesting and useful animal before the species becomes extinct, I trust I shall be pardoned for intro- RANGE OF THE BUFFALO. 113 during a few quotations from authors, touching their early history, which to me appear highly interesting. In a work published at Amsterdam in J 637, called "New English Ca- naan," by Thomas Morton, one of the first settlers of New England, he says : "The Indians have also made description of great heards of well-growne beasts that live about the parts of this lake (Erocoise,) now Lake Champlain, such as the Christian world (until this discovery) hath not bin made ac- quainted with. These beasts are of the bigness of a coice, their flesh being very, good foode, their hides good leather ; their fleeces very useful, being a kind of woole, as fine almost as the woole of the beaver ; and the salvages do make gar- ments thereof. It is tenne yeares since first the relation of these things came to the eares oj»the English." It is stated by another author, (Purchas,) that as early as in 1613 the adventurers in Virginia discovered a "slow Ttinde of cattell as bigge as kine, which were good meate." The limit of the buffalo range on the north has been given differently by different writers. In a work published in Lon- don in 1589, by Hukluyt, it is stated, that in the island of Newfoundland were found " mightie beastes, like to camels in greatness, and their feete were cloven." He then says : " I did see them yams off, not able to discerne them perfectly, but their steps showed that their feete were cloven, and bigger than the feete of camels. I suppose them to be a kind of bvffes, which I read to bee'm the countreys adjacent, and very many in ihefirme land." It is supposed by some that these animals may have been the musk-ox. They were found by Captain Franklin as high as 60° north latitude. Although it is doubtful whether the buffalo ever ranged beyond the Rocky mountains, yet they have been found as far west as the western slope. They formerly ranged free and uninterrupted over the boundless plains of the West, only guided in their course by that faith- ful instinct which invariably led them to the freshest and sweetest pastures. Their only enemy then was the Indian, who supplied himself with food and clothing from the im- mense herds around his door ; but would have looked upon it as sacrilege to destroy more than barely sufficient to supply the wants of his family. Thus this monarch of the plains was allowed free range from one end of the continent to the other. But this happy state of things was not destined to continue; an enemy appeared, who made great havoc among them, and in a short time caused a very sensible diminution in their 114 TRAFFIC AMONG THE INDIANS. numbers, and much contracted the limits of their wanderings. This enemy was the white man, who, in his steady march, causes the original proprietor of the soil to recede before him, and to diminish in numbers almost as rapidly as the buffalo. Thousands of these animals were annually slaughtered for their skins, and often for their tongues alone ; animals whose flesh is sufficient to afford sustenance to a large number of men are sacrificed to furnish a " bon bouche" for the rich epicure. This wholesale slaughter on the part of the white man, with the number consumed by the Indians, who are constantly on their trail, migrating with them as regularly as the season comes round, with the ravenous wolves, that are always at hand to destroy one of them if wounded, gives the poor beast but little rest or prospect\of permanent existence. It is only eight years since the western borders of Texas abounded with buffaloes ; but now they seldom go south of Red river, and their range upon east and west has also very much contracted within the same time ; so that they are at present confined to a narrow belt of country between the outer settlements and the base of the Rocky mountains. With this rapid diminution in their numbers they must, in the course of a very few years, become exterminated. What will then become of the prairie Indian, who, as I have already re- marked, relies for subsistence, shelter, and clothing on the flesh and hide of this animal ? He must either perish with them, increase his marauding depredations on the Mexicans, or learn to cultivate the soil. As the first law of our nature is self-preservation it is not probable that he will sit down and quietly submit to starvation ; he must, therefore, resort to one of the latter alternatives. But as he has no knowledge of agriculture — considers it the business of a slave, and very much beneath the dignity of a warrior — it appears reasonable to suppose that he will turn his attention to the Mexicans, over whom he has held the mastery for many years. Here- tofore he has plundered these people to supply himself with animals for his own use and for traffic. A number of Delawares, Shawnees, and Kickapoos, fr6m Missouri and the borders of Arkansas, have for several years past been engaged in a traffic with the prairie Indians, which has had a tendency to defeat the efforts of the military author- ities in checking their depredations upon the citizens of the northern provinces of Mexico. These traders, after procuring from the whites an outfit of such articles as are suited to the wants of the prairie Indians, visit all the different bands, and GIVING OF PRESENTS. 115 prosecute a very lucrative business. The goods they carry out consist of a few articles of small value, such as tobacco, paint, knives, calico, wampum, beads, &c, &c, which are of the utmost importance to the Indians, and which, if neces- sary, they will make great sacrifices to procure ; but as they have no commodity for exchange that the traders desire ex- cept horses and mules, they must necessarily give these for the goods, and large numbers are annually disposed of in this manner. As I have before mentioned, nearly all these ani- mals are pilfered from the Mexicans ; and as the number they traffic away must be replaced by new levies upon their vic- tims, of course all that the traders obtain causes a correspond- ing increase in the amount of depredations. Should the gov- ernment of the United States feel disposed to make the prairie Indians annual donations of the same description of articles that the traders now supply them with, (which I am most happy to learn is now contemplated,) upon the express con- dition that they would continue only so long £s they adhered strictly to all the requirements of the agents, it would in a measure obviate the necessity of their making long expedi- tions into Mexico, and would most undoubtedly have the effect of depreciating the value of the merchandise to such a degree that the traders would no longer find the traffic profitable. The Indians of the plains are accustomed, in their diplomatic intercourse with each other, to exchange presents, and they have no idea of friendship unaccompanied by a substantial token in this form : moreover, they measure the strength of the attachment of their friends by the magnitude of the pres- ents they receive ; and I am firmly convinced that a small amount of money annually expended in this way, with a proper and judicious distribution of the presents, would have a very salutary influence in checking the depredations upon the Mexicans. In a talk which I held with a chief of one of the bands of prairie Indians I stated to him that the President of the United States was their friend, and wished to live in peace with them. He replied that he was much astonished to hear this ; for, judging from the few trifling presents I had made his people, he was of opinion that the " Big Captain " held them in but little estimation. Trained up, as the prairie Indians had been from infancy, to regard the occupation of a warrior as the most honorable of all others, and having no permanent abiding-places or local attachments, they can without inconvenience move all their families and worldly effects from one extremity of the 116 RELIGIOUS BELIEF. buffalo range to the other. With their numerous and hardy horses they travel with great rapidity ; and possessing as inti- mate a knowledge as they do of the localities, it would give them a great advantage over any body of troops who should pursue them into the country. War would not, therefore, be as great a calamity to them as to other tribes who have per- manent habitations. Some have supposed that a large body of these Indians could not obtain a sufficient amount of sub- sistence to enable them to remain together for any great length of time ; but their numerous horses and mules, which they often make use of for food when game is scarce, would supply them with subsistence for a long time. It will be necessary to devise some measures to do away with the in- veterate prejudices which the Comanches entertain against the habits and customs of the whites before they will be in- duced to remain in any fixed abodes or cultivate the soil. In common with most other Indians, they are very supersti- tious ; they believe in dreams, the wearing of amulets, medi- cine-bags, &c..j and the dedication of offerings to secure the favor of invisible agents ; as also in the efficacy of music and dancing for the cure of diseases. They submit with the most imperturbable stoicism and apathy to misfortunes of the most serious character, and, in the presence of strangers, manifest no surprise or curiosity at the exhibition of novelties ; yet this apparent indifference is assumed, and they are in reality very inquisitive people. In every village may be seen small struc- tures, consisting of a frame- work of slight poles, bent into a semi-spherical form, and covered with buffalo-hides. These are called medicine-lodges, and are used as vapor-baths. The patient is seated within the lodge, beside several heated stones, upon which water is thrown, producing a dense hot vapor, which brings on a profuse perspiration, while, at the same time, the shamans, or medicine-men, who profess to have the power of communicating with the unseen world, and of pro- pitiating the malevolence of evil spirits, are performing vari- ous incantations, accompanied by music, on the outside. Such means are resorted to for healing all diseases ; and I am also informed that their young men are obliged to undergo a regu- lar course of steam-bathing before they are considered worthy Of assuming the responsible duties of warriors. The know- ledge they possess of their early history is very vague and limited, and does not extend further back than a few genera- tions. They say that their forefathers lived precisely as they do, and followed the buffalo : that they came from a country to- CHRISTIANIZATION OF THE INDIANS. 117 wards the setting sun, where they expect to return after death. They acknowledge the existence and power of a great super- natural agent, who directs and controls all things ; but this power they conceive to be vested in the sun, which they wor- ship and appeal to on all occasions of moment. They also anticipate a future state of existence similar to the present, and invariably bury with the warrior his hunting and war equip- ments. Thus far no efforts have ever been made to improve the moral or physical condition of these people ; no missiona- ries have, to my knowledge, ever visited them, and they have no more idea of Christianity than they have of the religion of Mahomet. We find dwelling almost at our doors as barbar- ous and heathenish a race as exists on the face of the earth ; and while our benevolent and philanthropic citizens are mak- ing such efforts to ameliorate the condition of savages in other countries, should we not do something for the benefit of these wild men of the prairies? Those dingy noblemen of nature, the original proprietors of all that vast domain included be- tween the shores of the Atlantic and Pacific, have been des- poiled, supplanted, and robbed of their just and legitimate heritage, by the avaricious and rapid encroachments of the white man. Numerous and powerful nations have already be- come exterminated by unjustifiable wars that he has waged with them, and by the effects of the vices he has introduced and inculcated ; and of those that remain, but few can be be found who are not contaminated by the pernicious influ- ences of unprincipled and designing adventurers. It is not at this late day in our power to atone for all the injustice inflicted upon the red men; but it seems to me that a wise policy would dictate almost the only recompense it is now in our power to make — that of introducing among them the light of Christianity and the blessings of civilization, with their atten- dant benefits of agriculture and the arts. 118 PACIFIC RAILWAY. CHAPTER XI. Pacific railway — Impracticability of crossing the "Llano Estaeado" — Route from Fort Smith to Santa Fe — Return route from Doiia Ana — Its connections with the Mississippi and the Pacific. The very lively interest that has been manifested in a pro- ject of such importance as that of uniting the Atlantic with the Pacific by a single span of railroad over the continent of North America, and the prevailing dearth of reliable information re- garding a great portion of that vast territory lying west of the Mississippi, induce me to add a few remarks upon this subject, which I trust will not be wholly devoid of interest or utility at this particular period. Whether this road should be national, and its administra- tion under the direction of the general government, or whether it should be intrusted to individual States or corporate com- panies, are questions the discussion of which it does not become me to attempt, and upon which I shall not presume to hazard an opinion. I propose, in what I have to say, merely to give a brief detail of such facts connected with this subject as are suggested after an examination of a district of country over which it may be found desirable to construct the road. Although the appropriation made by the last Congress for preliminary surveys, indicates a disposition on the part of our national legislature to give aid in the initiatory steps, and al- though great benefits would undoubtedly result from bringing our distant possessions in the west into a closer proximity with the eastern States, by a means of transit much more expedi- tious than any which nature offers, thereby facilitating the transmission of troops and munitions of war, the value of the project, in a commercial aspect, appears to be of sufficient magnitude to denote a reasonable guarantee for its speedy ex- ecution. The importance, and indeed the necessity, of this road, are very generally admitted. It is the will of a people controlling a great share of the commerce of the world that it should be made ; and possessing, as they do, ample and pecuniary re- sources, and stimulated by the ambitious but laudable pros- pect of turning and monopolizing the channel of Asiatic trade* LLANO ESTACADO. 119 with the almost certain anticipation of profit, it is easy to predict the result. The financial demonstration recently made in New York city, whereby an amount of stock almost suffici- ent to carry out the enterprise was subscribed in one day, is eminently significant of the fact, and affords substantial evi- dence of the confidence of capitalists in the feasibility of the scheme, and an abundant pledge for its early and successful accomplishment. That the road will be constructed, but few at this time entertain a doubt ; the only question that remains to be determined is, where is the best and most advantageous route ? The several exploring parties that have been sent across the continent in different latitudes, will undoubtedly place the de- partment in possession of all the information required concern- ing the country over which the limited amount of the appro- priation, and time, enabled them to pass ; but as a large portion of the district over which I have travelled will not come within the scope of their reconnoissances, my remarks may serve to throw some light upon the subject, which cannot be obtained from other sources, and thus add to the general stock of information so earnestly sought after at this particular period. The district of country to which my attention has been directed is embraced within the 32d and 36th parallels of lat- itude, and the 95th and 107th meridians of longitude ; and is bounded upon the north by the Canadian river, and upon the west by the Rio Grande. A great portion of this vast domain, containing nearly thirty-two thousand square miles, was, pre- vious to 1849, almost wholly unknown, except to the native occupants. One of the most prominent features which strikes the eye of the beholder on an examination of this section, is the very remarkable uniformity of its surface, and the almost total ab- sence of those abrupt and rugged primitive mountain ranges which in many other parts of our country offer such formida- ble obstacles to the passage of railways. But few mountains are seen throughout this region, and those few are so little elevated that they present but trifling obstructions when compared with many that are found in the eastern States. This section is, however, traversed throughout, nearly its whole length, by the lofty plateau of the "Llano estacado," which, as will be observed upon the map, stretches out from the 32d to the 36th parallel of latitude, and is, in places, two hundred miles wide, without a tree or running stream through- 120 NATURAL ROAD. out its entire surface, and presents, in my judgment, an im- passable barrier to a wagon road; and I am fully impressed with the belief that a route crossing this desert anywhere between the 33d parallel of latitude and its northern limits will never be selected for a Pacific railwa}'-, or, indeed, a road of any description. South of this parallel the plain be- comes less elevated above the adjacent country, and finally merges into the lands bordering the Pecos and the head branches of the Colorado. If it be impracticable to construct and find the material for sustaining a railway across this desert, 4 the question arises whether a feasible route can be found near the northern or southern borders of it. The road which was made under my supervision from Fort Smith, Arkansas, to Santa Fe, New Mexico, in 1849, (with one exception, where it crosses a spur, which can easily be turned,) skirts the base of the northern border of this plain ; and so far as the topography of the country is concerned, I believe that a railroad can be made over it with great facility, as the general surface is smooth, and intersected by no im- passable mountains or deep valle} r s. On departing from Fort Smith, this road traverses a gently undulating district, sustaining a heavy growth of excellent timber, but occasionally interspersed with prairie lands, afford- ing luxuriant grass for eight months in the year, and intersected with numerous small streams flowing over a highly produc- tive soil, thus embracing the elements of a rich and beautiful pastoral and agricultural locality. This character continues for one hundred and eighty miles, to near the 99th meri- dian of longitude, where the road emerges from the woodlands and enters the great plains, where but little timber is seen except directly along the borders of the water-courses. The soil soon becomes thin and sandy, and, owing to the periodi- cal droughts of the summer season, would require artificial irrigation to make it available for cultivation. Soon after leaving the woodlands the road takes a ridge which divides the Canadian from the Washita river, and con- tinues upon it to near the sources of the latter stream, a dis- tance of nearly three hundred miles. This ridge lies in a very direct course for Santa Fe, is firm and smooth, and makes one of the best natural roads I have ever travelled over. The ground upon each side is cut up into a succession of deep and precipitous gullies, which have been washed out by the continued action of water in such a manner as to ren- LAGUNA COLORADO. 121 der any other route in the vicinity, but the one directly upon the crest of the "divide," almost impassable. From the head of the Washita the road continues near the valley of the Canadian for a hundred miles further, occasion- ally crossing small tributaries which furnish the traveller with water at convenient distances ; it then bears to the left, and passes over the elevated lands bordering the Pecos river, skirting the base of the mountains along that stream until it arrives at a place called "Laguna Colorado," a small lake of muddy water, where the road forks, one branch leading to Santa Fe over a road forty miles in length, and the other to Albuquerque, (the point where the route through what is called " Walker's Pass" is said to leave the Rio Grande,) a distance of only twenty miles. The distance from Fort Smith to Santa Fe, as measured with the chain, is eight hundred and twenty miles.* The line of this road continued east from Fort Smith would intersect the Mississippi river in the vicinity of Memphis, Ten- nessee, and would pass through the country bordering the Arkansas river, which cannot be surpassed for fertility, as the bountiful crops of cotton, corn, and other products grown by the planters, abundantly evince. The route of my return from New Mexico in 1849, which has been travelled by California emigrants every year since that time, leaves the Rio Grande at a point called Dona Ana, three hundred miles below Santa Fe. On leaving this place, at an elevation of about four thousand feet above the sea, the road for three hundred miles traverses an arid prairie region, where but little wood is found except upon three ranges of mountains which stretch out to the north, out do not materially obstruct the passage of the road. They are covered for the most part with pine timber, and abound in springs of wholesome water, making it imperative upon the traveller to pass near them. Upon the route marked down, the defiles have but little elevation above the general surface, and, with the exception of a few miles of broken ground near the "Peak of Guadalupe," the ascents and de- scents to all the undulations are gradual and easy. At the southern extremity of the Guadalupe mountains the summit * The barometrical altitude of Albuquerque above tide water is about 5,130 feet, and of Fort Smith about 600 feet ; making the difference in altitude, or total declination eastward between the two points, 4,530 feet, or an average grade of a little over 5| feet to the mile. 122 CROSSING OF BRAZOS AND COLORADO. level of the country between the Rio Grande and the Pecos is attained, and from this point the surface declines to the bor- ders of the latter stream by a gradation almost imperceptible. Crossing the Pecos, the road ascends by a grade of about five feet per mile for twenty -five miles, and the traveller here finds himself upon the broad plain of the "Llano estacado," which at this point divides the waters of the Rio Grande from those of the Colorado. The road crosses the southern spur of this plain, where it is seventy miles broad, and as firm and smooth as the best McAdamized road. Thence it crosses the head branches of the Colorado and the main Brazos, and leads off to a ridge which terminates near Fulton, Arkansas, upon the navigable waters of Red river. By leaving this ridge and crossing Red river at Preston, a good road is found to Fort Smith, upon the navigable portion of the Arkansas, which would be in a very direct course for St. Louis, and traverse one of the most productive sections of the United States. The entire distance from Dona Ana to Fulton is about eight hundred and fifty miles, and to Fort Smith nine hundred and four miles. The road from El Paso connects, at the Sierra Waco, with the one described, and is thirty miles shorter. Dona Ana being elevated four thousand feet above the tide- water level, and Fulton and Fort Smith six hundred and sixty and six hundred respectively, gives an average grade of less than four feet to the mile over either road. These results, of course, can only be regarded as approximate estimates, which will be increased upon the undulatory portions of the routes. The surface of the country, however, has a remarkably uni- form dip to the east and south throughout nearly its, whole extent, and is, perhaps, better adapted by nature to the recep- tion of a railroad than almost any other which can be found. A glance at a map of the country will show that Red river, from the point of its efflux upon the Delta of the Mississippi to Fulton, has a northerly bearing ; that here it makes a sud- den deflection of almost a right- angle to the west, and main- tains this course to its origin in the " Llano estacado." The road alluded to, immediately after leaving Fulton, leads to an elevated ridge, dividing the waters that flow into Red river from those of the Sulphur and Trinity, and contin- ues upon it, with but few deviations from the direct course for El Paso and Dona Ana, to near the Brazos river, a dis- tance of three hundred and twenty miles. This portion of the route has its locality in a country of surpassing beauty BITUMINOUS COAL. ' 123 and fertilit} 7- , and possesses all the requisites for attracting and sustaining a dense farming population. It is diversified with prairie and woodlands, affording a great variety of excellent timber, and is bountifully watered with numerous spring- brooks, which flow off upon either side of the ridge into the streams before mentioned. The crest of the ridge is exceed- ingly smooth and level, and is altogether the best natural or artificial road I have ever travelled over for the same dis- tance. After leaving this ridge the road crosses the Brazos near very extensive fields "of bituminous coal, (the only locality of this mineral, so far as my knowledge extends, that has been discovered within two hundred miles,) which burns readily with a clear flame, is made use of for fuel at Fort Belknap, and is very superior in quality. From the Brazos the road skirts small affluents of that stream and the Colorado for two hundred miles, through a country more undulating than that east of the Brazos ; but no mountains are met with, or elevated hills, which cannot be avoided by short detours. Here and there prairies present themselves, but this section is for the most part covered with a growth of trees called mezquite, which stand at such intervals that they present much the appearance of an immense peach orchard. They are from five to ten inches in diameter, their stocks about ten feet in length, and for their durable properties are admirably adapted for railway ties, and would furnish an inexhaustible amount of the very best fuel. The soil upon this section is principally a red argilaceous loam, similar in appearance to that in the Red river bottoms, which is so highly productive, and extends to near the 102d degree of longitude, or about three degrees further west than the arable soil upon some of the more northerly routes. As this route is included within the 32d and 34th parallels of latitude, it would never be obstructed by snow, as it sel- dom falls more than two or three inches in depth, and only remains upon the ground a few hours at a time. The whole surface of the country, from Red river to the Rio Grande, is covered with a dense coating of the most nu- tritious grass, which remains green for nine months in the year, and enables cattle to subsist the entire winter without any other forage. It will be observed that the route here spoken of skirts the head-waters of the rivers flowing towards the Gulf of Mex- 124 ' LLANO ESTACADO. ico, for several hundred miles after leaving Red river, and that a road cannot be made much further to the north without im- pinging upon the " Llano estacado." From what I have seen of the country south of this, I have no doubt but that a road could be made in almost any direction, but would be attended with much greater cost than upon the one I have attempted to describe, for the reason that the surface of the country along this route is much more level. After passing the Brazos river, the road, as I have before observed, runs near the sources of the streams, where the valleys are broad, and but little depressed below the general surface ; whereas I have remarked that, in descending some of these streams, the longitudinal and lateral valleys become deep and abrupt, and where (as would be the case with a Pacific railway) it became necessary to cross these undula- tions transversely, a greater expenditure of labor would be involved in grading than upon the other route. There would also be many more large streams to bridge ; indeed, upon the route I have recommended, there are but two streams (the Brazos and Pecos) of greater width than forty feet, over the entire distance of eight hundred and fifty miles, between Red river and the Rio Grande. As Fulton, El Paso, and San Diego, in California, are near- ly in the same direct line, and one which intersects the longitudi- nal axis of the continent at right-angles, a road connecting these points would form the shortest line of communication to the Pacific in this latiude, and would pass near the valley of the Gila, or its vicinity. The direct line of this road prolonged eastwardly from Ful- ton would pass through Arkansas, and intersect the Missis- sippi river a little below Napoleon, opposite the State of Mississippi, and would traverse a section which presents no serious impediment to the passage of a railroad. This route was surveyed in 1851 by Mr. Sidell, (civil engi- neer,)- under the direction of the Topographical Bureau, and resulted in perfectly establishing the feasibility of the route, and the determination of the fact that the most elevated ground betwen Lake Providence and Fulton (a distance of two hun- dred miles) is but one hundred and sixty feet above the flood water-table of the Mississippi, and only one hundred feet above that of Red river. The terminus of the eastern section of this route upon the Del Norte could be resumed upon the west bank of that stream ; and if the practicability of constructing the road down ELEVATION OF MOUNTAIN PASSES. 125 the valley of the Gila can be established, it would give a con- tinuous line to the Colorado river. Although our knowledge of the country west of the Rio Del Norte is for the most part confined to a few traces that have been pursued by travellers making their way to the Pacific ; yet it is believed that sufficient reliable data may be deduced from competent authorities to warrant the expectation of find- ing a route with admissible grades, as far, at least, as the Colorado. Before reaching the waters that flow into the Pacific, it becomes necessary upon this route, as upon all others in our territory, to surmount the Rocky mountain chain. The eleva- tion of the crest of this great continental vertebral column varies from five to seventeen thousand feet above the tide- level of the ocean, but has a declension towards its southern extremity, which greatly favors the project in question. The barometrical measurements which have been made, place " Long's Peak" in latitude 40° 36' at the maximum, and the culmination of a pass or defile in near latitude 32° at the minimum altitude. The elevation of the eastern base of the mountains in lati- tude 42° is the same as the summit of the range in latitude 32°. The elevations of other passes that have been examined, vary from seven to eight thousand feet above tide. If, so far as the economy of railway transportation is con- cerned, the attainment, with the locomotive, of twenty feet in altitude, is equivalent to the transit of a mile upon a horizontal plane, we would have (other conditions being equal) a differ- ence of one hundred miles in horizontal distance in favor of the route under consideration, over one which should pass the mountains at an elevation of seven thousand feet. The difference of elevation of the Rio Del Norte in the vicini- ty of Dona Ana, and the crest of the mountains in latitude 32° being about one thousand feet, and the distance between the two positions about one hundred miles, gives an average grade (which is said to be very uniform) of ten feet per mile in ascending the eastern slope of the mountains. From the summit to the mouth of the Gila, a distance of three hundred and eighty miles, the difference in altitude, barometrically de- termined, is four thousand seven hundred and forty-six feet, which (supposing the slope to be uniform) admits of a gradient of about twelve and a half feet to the mile in descending the Pacific side of the mountains. The road upon this side would be much more circuitous 126 ROUTE TO THE GULP. in its course than upon the other ; the grades will be increased upon the undulatory portions of the country, and some diffi- culty may be anticipated in passing the great canon of the Gila, provided the road is confined exclusively to the limits of our own territory ; but a gentleman of scientific attainments, who has examined this route carefully, is of the opinion that no greater impediments will be met with upon the Gila than are found upon the Hudson river road. From the Colorado to the Pacific (unless some other pass is discovered) the road must penetrate the " Sierra Nevada" chain, through what is called " Warner's Pass." The summit of this defile is situated north of the general course of the road, and the approaches to it, upon both sides, are somewhat tortuous. It is about one hundred miles dis- tant from the confluence of the Gila with the Colorado, and about eighty miles from San Diego on the Pacific. The elevation of the Pass above tide-water being three thousand and thirteen feet, and that of the Colorado, at the mouth of the Gila, two hundred and fifty-four feet, we would have an average gradation of twenty-seven and a half feet per mile in the ascent of the eastern slope, and a descent from the Pass of thirty-seven and a half feet to the mile in reaching San Diego. Should it be found desirable, on arriving at the mouth of the Gila, to turn the course of the road, and run it down the valley of the Colorado, to the head of the Gulf of California. I am informed by persons who have examined this section that the surface is free from obstructions, and the distance to Adair bay (where four fathoms of water may be relied upon at ebb-tide) is about eighty miles. I am, sir, Very respectfully, Your obedient servant, RANDOLPH B. MARCY, Captain 5th hifantnj, U. S. Army. APPENDIX A. TABLE METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS During the expedition for the exploration of the Red river and its sources under charge of Captain R. B. Marcy, 5th U. S. infantry. 128 APPENDIX A.- — METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. J- £* oil OQ r< lO ^1 a, w JP "s> 3 3 a flSa u 3 S « tO a s S .9 oJSo a • -■ G ft g w.2? S'-l « S SS|2; to 3 .s * 3 '3 S 2 2 • ~ M-g g g 3 73 c8 WO i.s a s § o o %-7300©0000 c3 Sl3'O p OT3 r On3XJ 3 73 73 C$73 jy — 2, P " __ |tt>3 £ CGh-lSoQ 737373 o- 13 ~ § ' 3 ' a ! 55 ■SB JSs OWOfBO'tTHfflQOeOO) tOOCOCOONW • CD CO GO 00 t- CO GO t t- t- CD fc- 00 00 »- oconaococo^c-oiM o oi c*. ao -+ oo «o oo t- 1- CO CO CO CO b- CO CO CO b- b- CO t- CO 00 fc- lO tH lO CSHO 1C ' »o b- oos as aococoGOcococococoaoco cococococococo CSl ■* ■* "9 • t* *- ** °° °° °° <£ co o> o o> cscnooooo APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 129 3*3 O c3 U u a to ■ - '** ~tD 6 "3 ■oso s g bo =3 i3 S-d •'■« . •_ 3 o c3 "S £ -a "3 a -^ a > a .Jojs- ~ c a a S g *" ta a S ° a [a ;§ '3 " .3 3 !* s a g B a r/j "° "5) "3 g a a 5P-S | 3 'Z& PM o -o ", z> :-> Co OOOOOO'C OOO 'w ^ ( -a -a ij >a -a ■ ; -a ^ ^ us ^'o ^3 ^ -a ^ ^3 o o o 7* a a> _ -S c olio 2 j-j i. ;/_ -j.-j.-j^-ji mxnxfiTfi K £ f Z ^ (5 ? rfi m co -ii a. /- k .-/. *; ,4 iC Z Z Z 15 Z * m or. ra 3 X X 1 XX XX CI ^ CO o; IM H CO CO b- CO OS CI lft C5 lift -* C - CO CO CO 00 CO t- O CO b- b- b- CO CO w CC CO O J." t- 00 GO^Ot-COt-' XX X :-— *o c 'Xi CO t- 1 X X b- CD fc- b= b- CO I x xxx x-xxx : .. ..1 co ci co o c j~ cm -ti co x c* co co t- ■ ooiMHiocio com • C> co 1ft CO' I- CO CO t- co t- CO b- O CO lft lft ^ "O ift O -+ : CO b- b- CO CO «C c 1 lft b-b- b= ift -h m lft lft CO 1ft) CO CO _ lift lft ift ift ift ift ift X ■/■■ CM X' CM (MlO aft lft b~ fc- co co co co O O O lft tF 10 lft co co co b- t- t— O '£ cO i>;. L"i "O X op f «.- *o o -o o ^ O tft -f an iQ cj <£) 00 GO CO 00 CO CO CO CO CO CO COOOOOCOCOCOGOCOC x> go x x r x x x x x x x x x> x- x co co co c tM CM CM CM CM CM C3 CM CM OH CM Ol CM CM C"« CM Ol CM Q'< CM CM CM CM CM CM C-l CM CM Oi CM OJ CM CM C 1 CM CM CM CC CM aaa a a a a a a s a a a aa»a aaaaaa^a O .OM .O . . .O O . ra . sra^ p,ro cs =3 B,=o & « s ii &&«« cs c gsgftaftacaadasagag as* u .O - O 1 . O O lft . . lft CO O lft .lift . , O c5 CO aCO eg CO CO Tt^ eg a'* CO CO ^ p^tJH rt rt ^ CO iOC0C0Cilft^l^-05i01ftb-C5-^C0C0C0'^l iftCOOO CM CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO -fl *■* -fl ^ -^ -^ lft. lft lft lft O CO CO CO b- I— b- b- GO CO 'CO CO GS OS C5 C5 130 APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. £ a , 1-1 fts a J: r3 53 00 So 3„ s~.sa '3 "S sp !>>13 C §, « 3 mm -S3. i§;3 25a 3 m . g o >\ S r£ *s •- 3-3 ■si I; 3 o ^ O m OJ "3-35 3.2 .- .3 o to m a ■-■s.'S 3 ^|| "o t> ^\C5 C3 ■§ J3 ._ .„• fcOTS J* l>»rt 3 3 ■alas s o S 5 - —. 3 5 .-«] ■ -£ to -a O t3 3 a s a g ° o 3— o 1 St- cS ■rt Eggs ^ a -1 a a mt! oi r-' 5 = £?£ tod's •3 ° -3 "3 ^ ja P 3 jj ffl ~ 3 -S 3 3 f„ ■Sfl.Scaa a1^.ga c a^ = w aj ._ — . — c3 o3 3 .3 .3 p .3 rt 3 £ 3 =-< M02 hKZ !>tf S»2Z oZ So^Om §2 I- 2 ; ■3 o o o ^?^ o o o „ 3 -3 13 -3 -« 3 TJ"S -d c3 3 eSo ooooooo o - - o "3 "3 "3 "3 13 -3 -3 13 "3 "313/3' §■3 gS'S'SS'S CC^5 02 ^ **=< 131313 *3 ,3 *3 *3 l3 zhh PKsasKH zzz g • -f9.ra : : : : : : si : : :g BZZ 3 Z 2; Z 2; iz £ 3H9 H £ 55 Z 02 02 02 aa 02 oa 02 02020202^ cm - o -* -* cm o o uo -*■*< oo co -7f> <© c ffl © o 00 1- 1- 1- co <© ocotocot- fc- fc— CO' OCO^b-i-GOCOOOl! COOTOWO co to- t- eft 00" oh 10 i-: '-^ J 1 : 11: " zo co co 10 cm cc cr /- * iO ^ CO ^H CO CO CM CM CM CO CO CO C CO CO CO CC CO 00 00 00 00 00 a* co -x -/-■ or. r rf, f/) ,-y oo co co oo go oo CM CM CM CM a 55 is a 5 - ■f O "3 3 beautiful] autiful nig 111 z A few clc Shower f stratu Dew com > — p p p No dew ; Dew. Dew. Dew; be ! S di — o p 3 3 3 O 3 u o - is U g 3 3 3 § - ~ fifififid ~ - 3 id « '-- - m o Tfl 55 7 -I £ 3 £ t/J CJ OG tS 3 cStS ■d T3 T3 T3 i t3 is t3 r"i3 ^3 o a •; '.'' — 7. Xi'^'O'rt fl '- .2 K .2 — - V. r/"i :/ v "/"■ v v V -/" fb- lO rtf cm ?o o cm •OO©Ob»t»0D CDeOcCCOSOlO^t-QOOCOCO ^ CO 'X' *-JD t— Ci-til>-00C3-?HOCS OOQOt-t-OGOC -fc-GO COCOt-i X' ^ ^ ^ ^ > -& CS I— CS CO OS t- t-> CO <"-■ CO ■ X CM h !- -f i (3S Cl -t -t-ocot-s^co 0000 t-(©'OC0t-«0©C000t»tO«0 >COeMOh-C$t--*+WOCMt-b-lOGO • ^t-t^C^COt-t^CiOOCDb-b-Q lO lO ifi Ift CM l.O O CM O lO HO lO t CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CM CO CM CM CM CM CM CM C lOOOOOOsOQ (X CO '/.: 00 cr> X ■: ) 00 COOOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOC ) CO CO CO CO CO ■-/) CO -X' 'X- 7" X X t - t— I— t— 00 CO CO CO I CM C ( CM CM CSJ CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM - ( CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C a ° a a . a g p aa- a a a a a c a a OT^CiO^O . . .Opi^O .OOt-HO ,0)01CHOO CO ^COr^TPcOrtrt (£,CO ■I lO O rt iO b- Oi o t- OO - CO Q.CO -* Tf • CO CO £. ■ r-> • C0C»O5C0T-lcqCNb-OSCNrHC0Ti-r-» Cfl C« C3 CT (M N ^ ^1 OKI ~1 -1 ^1 ^ (M ^ (M (T) CO CO CO trlriffieiffl(fl«l«00» CO CO CO 03 132 APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 50033 O O O GD m . • SSSfffes M as 02 >s3^ii^ii£ !>oSS3 ZZZZ KZZZZgEccajtnZZZ Z ZZ ZZZ Z Z £ mvirfimm ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ O 'O -rH »— CM OD (M O ^ O -fi lO Ci -+ CO O r-l tK ^a'OOOlt- C> — J~ O iO csi o O CO CO t- O » l" lC a.) 'X t- l- «D O h CC l- t-» OOCXiCOt-b»(OiO*C06-0 lO t- CO -l-- CS) CM CM CM CM(MC^CM.C>1CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM C3 Ol CM C! CM CI CI C-i CI CI CM CM C = 33 3 3°. 3 S O CD . . O CD CO COm rvQ. COCO • CO w CO CO Q.C0 CO CMi-HOt- CO Ci t-I i-l iH tH lO t- Ci CM p,a g p,cs ■ g & g 00 . o o £ .0 a 3 3 3 aa iofloo .oofloooio CO CO CO rvCO 00 CO CO CO Tf O • * ^-*i<0101ClOiOOO -Hi ft 13 C3 o G" ^ • ^ o :- £ 5 '• 3a S 55 !> :aHBBas XX X X X' X ^ X ©Mne coo-? — cr: x- co -t< c* -h : ~ co -m ~ / -o n i~ — oi »- cm co — *~ — i- c"» — - 1 ' c~. oi x co co oo b- o -t* Tf CO CO b- CO w cD *C0 t- X 'X- t- 1- CD Cs Ol 'X l- I- CO 'X' .X X I- I- 'O Cl CO OD t- t- O CO b- b- CD CO GO I— CO CO CO '».— c-i o od c: .o 0 r- '0 cm ■ -7 co ■: :iu--i-- j " jj oi- —■ cc ' C0CHHOObrlCOC".'*O«t'l , *l*N b- — —■ iO O j~ co to CD CO — CD — CD ID LO iCO O O i • C0COGOCOG033CO00b-b-b-b-b- b- b- b- b- b- b- b- b- t-Hb-b-Nb-Nt-t-b-t- b-b-b-b-t b-b- I CM C^ CM C( CM Ci 01 C-! 0= 0^ Od CM CM Od C I CM Ol CM CM CI CM CI OJ CI 01 CM CM Oi OJ M CI Ci C-l Ol aa 3 3 2 3 .OOOCO .CO . .ooofl . . .0 . d " ai Xi T3 -*a re See g " «S"g ■§ "2 £?! .3 ° boC 3 c3 P. t c3 c3 £ H OK .g.s a - rt 3 '3 §g. £> OS £ 6i3 op n ii| J? Rfloa 3 TO m a oac5 o a" 5 » .3 a a "3- «; -5 -a S-- 3 3 o S .5 .2 3 .2 '3 3 Zfl !ZZtf;> P3« o o o o o _ ^ %, o o o ° =3 00000000-300 ~ 'C* 'O 'CS TS T3 'CS 3 *CS ' oKo o o o o o ^ i_'<_ju+->q}4^v 1-3 S H? -S h? oa — ^ a bo ^ -S ^Tj gr3r§^a O O 60 B£3 c/2 02 7j 02 02 02 P- KmsSSBj 7. 72 !/.' >72 72 72 32 02 02 02 02 02 02 CO I? ;Z SS C3 GOCO rf CO O CO t— O O CO O t— — t- 3: C^ — i~ iO C3 CO CO CO cr. ■ / ■— -H OS t- 00 OOCOt-COCOt-GCt*t*CDOCOCOt-COCOCOCOCONCO CO CO ■m o o co o b- co ■•# o o or v" :c o -ti-c -m n ■— -:■ — t- -~o io co h- co co t-. t- 1- 1— t- CM CM CM CM CM rvCO • CO ^COO^CilOO-^lCi lO »— O CM CO t b-b-b-b-b-b-b-b- b-b-b- b-b-b-t-b-b-b-b-b-* CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM Ci CM CM CM CM C a* iaa ft*la»ft a a j . O a • .OlO CO .OOft .9 SO tH t-h CO CD Cs CM tH CM rti CO r-l CO r-f t— CO COCOCJOIOOOOOOt a a a 2 & a r-f -m ri CI CI CI CO CO CO tH t-1 tH tH CM 01 CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C 4 J] c« CM CM CM CM CM APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 135 £ & * ct c3 g cS £ d CWPH .9 a-s ;« ••"ii P 3 3 g'd ° ° » "3 '£ J bo bo bo m _\ g J.S'5sa o £ _o o o .S .2 i5 oSSSat> ■gJU • m . -5? .a •S 3 .3 to a 5-3 S a tc o m-j as bcbo,.^ ... a a St3 n S +3 ^ SJ "° o o .§ 'rf o o o o o o o _ . t) ■o'O'ci'O'Cca'ci o o o o o o ci S'S d S'S tj S'S *» so^ -~ .Otu-^OOOOO - S'O'o^'S'n'B'a'S'S'O £, o bo ~ "S3 3 "S J3 tj 'S >d -C "B bo o 3S a a ° i> BHHHHgH a k iz z is a z z z : : : :z§! :feg g • • : zzz£: H " ' H ' iggj J^' loss's : : : ZKHHHHZZccco^toKaiSco&p: ^ZZZZZZ&M^£^ai£?PaJZZcoSQc«taa2 ) 00 CO t» O O CO t- b> O GO 'X — C39C OB O Ci 'X t- CO t- O co ot-oooco«acooi^t-oiOffiociGO ncccoi cm -r< c> m> o -f x .O llOt-OSC0i-IC^'lOt-ci as a, a -a ftftaoo: . H . O © .COCO CO H « «0-Cl « rl H ■« : a <* : a a , ft M . ( a cs • a .« . a j ; ga -s a a,. q, sS cLco ft, co ! w re CM ^ • CM ^ • CO COCO^r^r^TJHTtlftiftlftlftifttft'iDOtOCOO b-b-b-b-b-COCOCOClOCiOOO! CN CMCMC>»C>ICMC^O^^)CMCMCMC>lCSlCMCMC^C>ICM CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCriC-lCMCOCOCO ^T-lCMCMCMCOCOCO' 136 APPENDIX A= METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS, *>a °a ?1Q E= & £ >, fe g s 02 02 02 02 02 x x 72 x 02 x x x x xx x. x 02 x x x x x x x x x ao 02 a* CT CI -}H CI -* O O O CO C ffl C-1 ■# SO ^ « (M t- COOSOSS b- H H '5 "^ i O Olrf^ CI b- b- C. — . X' O' I.- X' QTj/Jl-NQClCCt* QCJGOI-- b- CO C3 00 b- b- b- =3 Ci f CO CO O O *^ 'M S-l it CI -f -0 O O O CVO tH r-iiOC0b- CI t-H ~H Ti< "K^H t-COCO > b- b- O O GO 00 X X :r 00 X X b- O — '/JCO O C CO CO CO CJOOCOCOtr-tDO lO b- 00 (MHO X X i-H ci CI (MNOO CI I— CO CI CO CI CO -T< <^ )0 lC CO l- QCiCOT-iClrHr-lrHCJ CI CJ CI CI CI CI CI d (SSI CSl <£>=©c£>cC>b-b-b-t'-t 0OG0GOG0 Ci QOOlOlQOSOO APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. J37 S3 O so * A o fid « '3 '3 -a ,Q ro w m in §3 ■S'Sl 3 o . "3) o o Limulus cl o dew ; n west. imbus clo imbus clo ratus cloi Do. 3a a O^ Zgffi 3 a i'S-3'a s -a S '^itii in OOOOOO-CsjOOOO^O ^ ^3 t3 13 ^5 ^a ^ aj'^ r Ci r O r O 3 *£> J "^3 'o d 'O "d 7! -r ' ^^ u 057513 ° 75 75 oi 75 — t8 T3 73 75 75 c5 « 10 — v ;^ 3 fe\^s ~%"5 no ,c -3 -C js «<3 r>T3 — "d "a 'a ts be o ■ co 35 ° 33 ° k° bo •_ bo o bOTj -Mo "33 • H : H H H ' 55 H Z S3 a W H HH ' ' ' ' &3 53 * * ' '. ' 'M&3HH r co oi co to c-i -M n c^ -H 1* 1* :: -^ co c-i x< -t< cc -f co c" n co co -tooo^t- co es ci o '— 01 —. co -^ ^ itf Ci CO CO fc- Oi Oi Oi CO b- b- Oi Oi GO CO b- t- b- CO 00 b- CO CO Ci CO t-t»OOCOt*t- CO CO CO b- b- CO CO CO 00 b-» ^fficoocoOGiioocooob- ot-oiC' i.o oo -t' oo a ■ lO oi g o th m lo -f co *ft-eich"*cocj»Tl< OOIODCOOHCCOCOCOOHCIGO 00 I- '"/j wl Ci ■■/) I* I- Cl OJ GOt-t-OOOCOt- t- CO OS CO t- t- CO OS OS CO TH CN1 <£> iO t-GO^OOGO; O lO 1C O"! i o . . ;s^=o & «s 7 ( CM b- Oi 03 i OOOr-S3 a .-^ "- 1 5 ja,g g a st ._•- . 3:2-3 .2 a § „ ' | s g s g a a a «a o o ri'Co CS O c3 71 TJ 71 ^ ^ ^3 71 71 71 <3 71 cd • 7 _ i cu T _ t a> 000 • a> .qooqjO 5 :»5ci5^^ :-3 |^^^S5^ o^o j^3 "=l.' HS.^t\c :* > -4-3 n *^ 4) OO+S ^ +-> u O-P © -I "3 s © 53^o ~ _-■ CO CQ CO cq - • ■ - «- COt-0>©MOHlftOiCOOO«(MHCOO CM tH CO W W W CO GO tH CO t* CM GO CO COCOt-N^COODNl-t-OCOCOb'OO 00 CO «© CO t- fc- CO «© t- CO C5 t- t0 <© H\ H\ t-f\ i-f\ r-f\ t-t\ «-f\.-. Q lO CM CTj -f: - r. '*■ c iO C -f i-: '-^ h .X c^ io t- O CM t— 00 b- CM CM TH tH «© GO CO CM t-b-CV0OCO<»COO5O00O»r-l>-GOCSt lO lO ICO WiO t-NlOWlWOCOb-fflOONNOlN^© COCOOJCOCOOOOOOOOffiOOOOO CO Ot-Ot»t»i>^ t- Ci Ost- t- ir* ■( o o o oo c I CM CO fc- CO t OHOOOO <"/.■ ■'"/ ■ ■■"/:.: '"/".■■ '"/".' ■/•; Ci Ci -Crs C5 Ci <:/> ~. ■ Ci C5 Os OS CI Ol OS Oi a O Cft Ol OiCSCiOOGOCO CMc^CMCMCMC^C^C^CMCMCMCMCMCMCMC^CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CM C : :aa : : ; a & d a _ a o o cd, . ds a . <=> . _ O ™ r^ ^^ * a ra "^ I-ICM'MtOl^COTHCOlO : :aaa : a* d, d, p, . ooo r^CO CO CO • e&o t-h a a o o o o a,o o oj a O CO r^ m .-A m *"*^ CO CO • • O CM ■ O aco CO W OS H H ^' )COCOC0 050J050)C}050000CH i-l co -: '.? :? -o -h < t-H CM CM CM CM CM CM cm cmcmcmcmcmcmcm cmcmcmcmcmcm APPENDIX A. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 139 ifijco ■3H !j tj Sot o — ■ ea & It* OcO . i is S a so ' S th '3 2} g Sgs a£: V2&1&1V1 gqcgcgH H H H w cq b- CO CO CO 00 b- CO CO CO H5)Hh- O^tHCO t-COtyilOl © 00 CO fc- CO t- t- CO COt-b-CiC jO ooo o © H W CT O ICt-HtHCSI r-lOO^CO ©OiOiCO ClClCTiC^l CS1 CM CM CM CI O CO CO CO CO GO CO CI C5dOOC3 g *o -2 3 a! 2 a O !>■ O O .s C jq m S3 s a 3 e3 a § « 03 3 5 53 O M iz~ P 1852. o Mis. June 29 8S NE. 20° N. . . . 155 763 1 960 Total distance travelled, 2,693 NE. 20 E.... 115 778 1 998 revolutions = 6 miles 917. NE. 5 E ISO 512 1 314 N. 20 E 160 640 1 653 July 2 39 E 90 883 2 207 Total distance travelled, 8S3 re~ volutions = 2 miles 267. 4 40 NE. 15 E 120 753 1 935 Total distance travelled, 5,099 E 90 475 1 218 revolutions = 13 miles 097. SE 45 175 626 270 1 617 693 N.5E E. 20 N 110 460 1 180 NE. 20 E. , 115 669 1 729 41 E 90 100 1,846 829 4 741 2 129 5 E. 10 N Total distance travelled, 6,055 E. 10 S .... 80 1,067 2 741 revolutions = 15 miles 653. E. 20 S . 70 1,500 3 853 E 90 170 609 1,132 1 574 2 906 N. 10 E, 42 S 360 100 918 1,028 2 356 2 639 6 E. 10 N Total distance travelled, 4,995 NE. 15 E 120 656 1 694 revolutions = 12 miles 83. NE. 10 E. 125 1,083 2 780 E. 10 N 100 1,115 2 861 E. 10 S 80 335 860 43 NE 135 130 778 2,295 1 997 5 894 T NE. 5 E Total distance travelled, 6,208 E. 10 S E 80 90 691 538 1 775 1 381 revolutions = 16 miles 046* NE. 15 E.... 120 973 2 497 E. 10 N 100 1,049 2 693 E. 20 S 70 662 1 711 3 44 E. 10 S 80 535 1 373 Total distance travelled, 6,848 E. 20 S 70 2,411 6 191 revolutions = 10 miles 418. E 90 60 1,820 1,373 3 3S9 3 524 SE. 15 E SE. 5E 50 709 1 821 9 45 NE 135 600 1 551 Total distance travelled, 4,15? revolutions = 10 miles 683. E. 20 N 110 742 1 905 E. ION, 100 465 1 192 NE. 5 E 130 994 2 553 NE 15 N . . . . 150 795 2 042 E. 20 S ..... . 70 562 1 446 10 46 SE 45 1,962 5 037 Total distance travelled, 5,357 revolutions = 13 miles 76. SE. 15 S 30 1,205 8 093 SE. 7 E 52 836 2 146 SE 45 350 695 659 1 786 1 702 s. low 11 47 E 90 1,043 2 677 Total distance travelled, 4,316 revolutions = 11 miles 086. E. 20 N 110 1,034 2 646 SE. 15 E 60 499 1 282 48 E 90 95 1,740 2,196 4 469 5 640 12 E. 5N Total distance travelled, 5,604 E.20 N 110 1,209 3 103 revolutions = 14 miles 4. NE. 21 E 114 735 1 888 E. 20 N 110 692 1 779 SE. 10 E 55 772 1 982 14 49 SE. 15 E ' 60 909 2 334 Total distance travelled, 4,815 E. 20 S 70 810 2 079 revolutions = 11 miles 084. NE. 5E 130 794 2 039 N. 20 E 160 571 1 466 NE. 5 E 130 1,231 3 159 15 , 50 E. ION 100 1,916 4 919 Total distance travelled, 4,070 NE 135 784 2 014 revolutions = 10 miles 454. NE. 5N 140 663 1 712 NE 135 110 473 1 234 1 212 600 1 E. 20 N...... APPENDIX B. COURSES AND DISTANCES. <£, i '%> a "o tS. . 3 aS fea O > _ iz Remarks. tb QJ ° £" attaching it to a new ore of copper, found on Red river, near the Witchita mountains, and that he describes three or four other species of copper ore from the same region. For a particular description I refer you to his report, while I confine myself to a few remarks as to the geology of the de- posite. On section V, Dr. Shumard has shown the geological posi- tion of this ore, viz : near the bottom of, and in the red clay, and more than one hundred feet from the surface. We hence see that the ore was deposited from water, although some spe- cimens from Cache creek of calcareous amygdaloid seem to have been melted. But if, as has been suggested, the gyp- sum was produced by the joint action of submarine volcanoes and water the copper may have had the same origin, and this would explain the presence of chlorine in the Marcylite. How much copper may be expected in such a region as that on Red river I have no means of judging, because I know of no analogous formation. But as we have proof that it is an aqueous deposite, and that igneous agency has been active not far off, it would not be strange if the vicinity of the Witchita mountains should prove a prolific locality. The oxide of manganese described by Professor Shepard may, perhaps, be found abundant and more pure. And the iron-sand, so common in some of the creeks, indicates the ex- istence of magnetic oxide of iron in the mountains. Whether the red clay formation and the gypsum formation that have been described are of the cretaceous age or not, there can be no doubt as to the deposites passed over from July 20 to Fort Washita, for among the specimens are two species of Gryphcea, and one echinoderm, much mutilated, but evidently of that period. On the 27th a " bluish gray, highly crystallized limestone" was observed, which cropped out be- neath the sandstone, and which Dr. Shumard says was "non- APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 163 fossiliferous." It continued, however, to the 30th, or to Fort Washita, where he says, " I observed in it a large number of the fossils characteristic of the cretaceous period." Probably he refers to two kinds of limestone, and not improbably the limestone and sandstone first noticed belong to the carbonife- rous strata already noticed. Among the specimens I also find parts of two species of ammonite, one quite large, but quite characteristic of the cretaceous strata, and resembling some good specimens in the collection of the American Board of Foreign Missions, obtained by their missionaries in the Choc- taw country. I cannot doubt that these strata are largely de- veloped in that vicinity. Indeed, that region has already been colored as of the cretaceous age upon our geological maps. I have, therefore, marked a strip of cretaceous rocks between Forts Belknap and Washita. These are, in truth, the predominant strata in Alabama, Mississippi, and Texas, and I need not go into details respecting them. Dr. Shumard frequently speaks of a surface formation un- der the name of drift, consisting of boulders of all the rocks described above, and some others, such as mica slate and labradorite. But I doubt whether this formation be the same which we denominate drift in New England — the joint result of water and ice — for no example has as yet been found of drift agency as far south as Texas by several degrees. Yet there is evidence of a southerly movement among the smaller rolled detritus almost to the Gulf of Mexico, such as water alone could produce, seeming to be the result of the same current, destitute of ice, that produced the coarse unstratified and un- sorted drift of Canada and New England. But amono- the specimens in my hands are several of sillicified wood, and all of them, I believe, are mentioned in Dr. Shumard's notes as occurring in drift, although in your letter of December 5, 1852, you speak of masses from fifty to one hundred pounds in weight in the gypsum formation. You may mean its upper part ;* if so, there may be no discrepancy between the two statements ; and I have been led to suspect that what Dr. Shumard calls drift may be only a newer portion of the ter- tiary strata, although, as already remarked, silicified wood is found in almost all the fossiliferous formations. All the speci- mens sent by you, however, with one exception, are dicoty- * The fossil-wood referred to in Captain Marcy's letter was found upon the upper surface of the formation. 164 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. ledonous. They resemble not a, little the fossil- wood from Antigua, and the desert near Cairo, in Egypt, both of which deposites are tertiary. One specimen is a beautiful example of a monocotyledon, a cross section showing vessels of the shape of a half or gibbous moon. This fact shows that the climate was warm enough for trees analogous to the palm tribe to flourish ; yet the great predominance of dicotyledo- nous forms shows a close analogy with the existing vegetation of the southern part of our country; nor is there evidence, in these specimens, of a temperature above that now existing in our southern States, since several species of palms occur there. The two subsoils analyzed by Professor Shepard, give very- interesting results. The first is highly calcareous; and when the line shall have been exhausted in the overlying soil, this material, thrown up by subsoil ploughing, would be equal to a large dressing of lime. In the other subsoil we have an ex- traordinary amount of sulphate of lime, and a sufficiency of carbonate of lime, as well as chlorine and soda. It seems hardly possible to doubt that such a. basis would need only organic matter to render it one of the most productive of all soils ; and when we think how extensive the gypsum forma- tion is from which this subsoil was obtained, we cannot but anticipate (unless there are counteracting causes of which I am ignorant) that that portion of our country will become a rich agricultural district — I mean the region lying east of the T 1 1 " Llano estacado." Only one specimen of common salt (chloride of sodium) was sent among the specimens, and that, as you inform me, " was procured b} r the Comanche Indians in the country lying between the Canadian and Arkansas rivers." We are now prepared to appreciate an analysis of the water of Red river, which has been executed in the labora- tory of Amherst College by Mr. Daniel Putnam, under the direction of Professor W. S. Clark. This is somewhat of a mineral water, and you remark that all the waters originating in the gypsum formation have the same bitter and nauseating taste. I think you are right in the opinion that the ingre- dients are derived from that formation. Analysis shows that the taste depends upon the presence of three salts in nearly equal proportions, two of which, sulphate and magnesia, or Epsom salts, and chloride of sodium, are very sapid. Mr, Putnam's analysis is as follows : APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 165 " Water from Red river — Water in fluid ounces 4. Weight of water in grammes 127.800 Weight of chlorine present. -051 Weight of lime present .033 Weight of sulphuric acid present .095 Residue evaporated to dryness, and weighed, probably, sulphates of soda and magnesia toge- ther, weight -168 "It was impossible, with the small quantity of water, to determine the last two ingredients with absolute certainly. In the calculations following they are re- garded as real. Regarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united with magnesia, and the chlorine as united with sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime .080 Weight of sulphate of magnesia .073 Weight of chloride of sodium .084 Weight of the whole .237 Per-centage of matter in solution, about .19 " The analysis of the water from a spring in a gypsum cave, yielded the fol- lowing results : Weight of the water, in fluid ounces 4. Weight of the water in grammes, about 127.800 Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid present .011 Weight of chlorine .01 4 Weight of lime 090 Weight of sulphuric acid .227 The residue was evaporated, and the presence, but not the weight, of mag- nesia, found separate from the soda. The quantity was very small, however. Soda and magnesia together, about .130 " Regarding the lime as sulphate, and the residue of sulphuric acid as united partly with magnesia and partly with soda, and the chlorine with sodium, we have the following results : Weight of sulphate of lime .219 Weight of sulphate of magnesia .088(?) Weight of sulphate of soda .073(?) Weight of chloride of sodium. .023 Weight of hydro-sulphuric acid .011 Weight of the whole .414 Per-centage of matter in solution .82 " The analyses of water, on account of the small quantity, cannot be relied upon as perfectly accurate ; but they are the best I could make under the cir- cumstances." 166 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. Your account of the remarkable canons of Red river, where it comes out from the borders of the " Llano estacado," as given in your lecture before the American Geographical and Statistical Society, has been read by me with great interest. For several years past I have been engaged in studying ana- logous phenomena in this, which seems to me a neglected part of geology. The canons of our southwestern regions are among the most remarkable examples of erosions on the globe ; and the one on Red river seems to me to be on a more eiffan- tic scale than any of which I have found a description. You seem in doubt whether this gorge was worn away by the river, or is the result of some paroxysmal convulsion. You will allow me to say that I have scarcely any doubt that the stream itself has done the work. The fact that when a tri- butary stream enters the main river it passes through a tri- butary canon, seems to me to show conclusively that these gorges were produced by erosion, and not by fractures ; for, how strange would it be if fractures should take those ramifi- cations and curvatures which a river and its tributaries pre- sent. And, moreover, I find cases where I can prove, from other considerations, that streams of water (existing and an- cient rivers) have eaten out gorges quite as difficult to exca- vate as any of the canons of the West. So that, if we must admit that rivers have done a work equally great in one case, all presumption is removed against their doing the same in other cases. I have a great number of facts, which I hope to be able, if life be spared, to present to the public on this subject ; and I am very glad to add the canons of Red river to the number. Before Professor Adam's departure for the West Indies last winter, I secured his report, hereto subjoined, upon the recent shells collected in your expedition. It derives a melancholy interest from having been among the last, if not the very last, of his scientific efforts, he having been cut off by yellow fever in January. With this imperfect elucidation of the facts collected by you in your laborious explorations, I subscribe myself, With great respect, Your obedient servant, EDWARD HITCHCOCK. Amherst College, June 5, 1853. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 167 Remarks upon the General Geology of the country passed over by the Exploring Expedition to the sources of Red River, under command of Captain R. B. Marcy, U. S. A. : By Geo. G. Shumard, M. D. It is to be regretted that the main objects contemplated by the expedition were of such a character as to allow of merely a partial geological exploration. It was found necessary to traverse a large extent of country in a limited period of time, so that not as many opportunities were allowed for making- minute and detailed sections of the strata as could have been desired. However, it is believed that something has been done towards elucidating the geology of a valuable and inter- esting district of our country, which hitherto has received but little attention from geologists. We will first submit a brief account of the geological fea- tures of a portion of Northwestern Arkansas, which will ena- ble us to understand more clearly the character of the deposites observed on the route travelled by the party, and exhibit more satisfactorily the connection of the cretaceous group with the older or palaeozoic rocks. In Washington county we have a fine development of rocks belonging to the carbonife- rous period, rising sometimes several hundred feet above the water-level of Arkansas river. They consist of beds of dark- gray and bluish-gray limestone, surmounted by heavy-bedded coarse and fine-grained quartzose sandstone. The ridges of highest elevation run nearly north and south through the cen- tre of the country, forming a geological back-bone ; the waters from one side flowing eastwardly into White river, and on the other westwardly into Illinois river, both streams being tribu- taries of the Arkansas. Wherever the limestone forms the surface-rock, the soil is of excellent character, and for productiveness is unsurpassed by any in the State; but where the sandstone reaches the surface, the soil becomes too arenaceous, and is of inferior qualuy for agricultural purposes. The limestone is generally highly charged with fossils, and, in many places, beds of con- siderable thickness are atmost entirely composed of the re- mains of Crinoidea. In the lithological and palseontological characters it cor- responds very closely to the rocks of the superior division of the carboniferous system of Indiana, Kentucky, Illinois, and 168 APPENDIX ». GEOLOGY. Missouri. The fossils are usually remarkably well preserved. The following are the most abundant and characteristic spe- cies: Archhnedipora archimides, Agassizocritius dactyliformis, Petitaiematit.es sulcatm, Prodv.ct.us cara, P. jmnctalus, P. cos- tatus, Tercbratida subtilita, and Terebralula Marcyi* We have found all these species associated together in Grayson county, Kentucky, near Salem, Indiana, and at Chester and Kaskaskia, Illinois. The line of junction between the sandstone and limestone is well defined, there being an abrupt transition from the one into the other. The sandstone has 3 r ielded but few fossils? and these only calamites and terns. Veins of sulphuret of lead traverse the limestone at several points in Washington county, and I have been informed that valuable beds of iron ore occur here ; workable seams of bitu- minous coal have also been discovered at a number of locali- ties in the county. Proceeding in a southerly direction through the counties of Crawford and Sebastian, the limestone, which, with few ex- ceptions, constitutes the surface-rock in Washington county r dips beneath the sandstone, and the latter forms the entire mass of the hills, rising sometimes to the altitude of a thou- sand feet above the adjacent streams : it is, for the most party the prevailing rock the entire distance between Fort Smith and Camp Belknap. The sandstone is often highly ferrugin- ous, and varies in color from light gray to dark brown. It exists in heavy massive beds, made up of coarse quartzose grains, with intercalations of finer-grained sandstone, occa- sionally beautifully ripple-marked. It corresponds in its lith- ological features with that forming the Ozark range of moun- tains. In Sebastian county I found a few Calamites, Lepidodendra r and several varieties of fossil ferns of the coal formation, but organic remains are by no means abundant. Bituminous coal exists in almost inexhaustible quantities throughout the county. The seams vary in thickness from a few inches to seven feet, and they lie in such a manner that they can be wrought easily. Coal has also been discovered at a number of localities be- tween Fort Smith and Fort Washita. About a hundred miles southwest of Fort Smith we en- * Figures and descriptions of the fossils of these beds will be found in the? appended report of Dr. B. F. Shumard on the palaeontology of the expedition* APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. countered an outcrop of bluish-gray limestone, wln'ch extends across the country in a southeasterly direction for the distance of about twenty miles ; it presents an average thickness of about ten feet, with a dip to the east of 30°. Its precise character could not be determined, as we were unable to find any fossils. Pursuing the same direction, twenty-five miles beyond is an outburst of granite, which extends for the distance of twenty-six miles, with a southerly bearing. This is the only example of rocks of igneous origin to be met with between Fort Smith and Preston, and the rough and rugged features of the country where it prevails, forms a striking contrast with the comparatively rounded outline of sandstone hills. The rock is of a coarse texture, and varies in compactness in different portions of the range ; feldspar of the flesh colored varieties predominates over the other ingredients. In places the rocks would form an excellent and durable building ma- terial, but in other portions of the range it crumbles readily when exposed to the action of the weather. We observed numerous veins of quartz traversing the gran- ite in various directions, and, at some points, dykes of com- pact greenstone porphyry. Saline springs were found not unfrequently issuing from the base of the range, and the waters, in one or two instances, were found so strongly im- pregnated with saline matter as to induce the belief that they might be worked with profit. Passing this range the sandstone again reappears, and con- stitutes the prevailing rock to within a short distance of Fort Washita, where it disappears, and is succeeded b}^ strata of the cretaceous period. From this point the cretaceous rocks were found to extend uninterruptedly until we reached the southwestern boundary of the Cross-Timbers, in Texas. From the best information I was able to procure, it constitutes the prevailing formation from Fort Washita, in the direction of Fort Towson, for up- wards of a hundred miles, with an average breadth of fifty miles. It forms part of that extensive belt of cretaceous strata that extends from Georgia to Texas, and which, from the character of its fossil fauna, is now regarded as the equiv- alent of the upper chalk of England, and with that division of the cretaceous group to which D'Orbigny gives the name of VEtage Senonien, (Prodrome de Pakeontologie, tome II, page 669.) Wherever sections of the strata were to be seen they presented the following characters : grayish yellow sand- 170 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. stone, with intercalations of blue, yellow, and ash-colored clays, and beds of white and bluish-white limestone. The limestone reposes on the clays and sandstones. At some points it attains the thickness of a hundred feet, while at others it is quite thin, and sometimes even entirely wanting. It is usually soft and friable, and liable to disintegrate rapidly when exposed to the action of the weather. These creta- ceous rocks are often full of fossils. At Fort Washita the layers are crowded with Ananchijtcs, Hemiaster, Nucleolites, Ammonites, Ostrea, Pecten, &c, descriptions and figures of which will be found in Dr. B. F. Shumard's report on the palaeontology of the expedition. We saw here some speci- mens of ammonites several feet in diameter, and weighing between four and five hundred pounds. On Red river, twen- ty-six miles from Fort Washita, the sandstone of the creta- ceous group supports about twenty-five feet of ash-colored calcareous loam, which, on inspection, was found to contain terrestrial and fluviatile shell of the genera Lymnea, Physa, Pla- norbis, Pupa, and Helix, the whole resembling species which we have observed in the loam at New Harmony, Indiana, and elsewhere in the Mississippi valley, which Mr. Lyell, during his visit to this country, recognised as the equivalent of the loess of the Rhine. The geological formation, as developed in the vicinity of Camp Belknap, consists of nearly horizontal strata of fine- grained sandstone, shale, and soft, drab colored, non-fossil- iferous limestone, whose relative positions correspond with strata of the same character largely developed between Fort Washita and Fort Smith. On the surface were in many places strewn fragments of a reddish gray, igneous rock, con- taining a large per centage of carbonate and oxide of iron. From the frequent indications of the presence of that metal in various localities of this region it is not improbable that this may become hereafter an extensive and profitable field of mining enterprise. Recently a number of seams of bitumi- nous coal, varying in thickness from two to four feet, as well as the characteristic fossil ferns of the carboniferous era, have been discovered. The following section, taken about one mile from the post, may give a better idea of the formation : 1. Subsoil arenaceous, and of a red color ; thickness from three to ten feet. 2. Black shale, soft, and rapidly disintegrating ; four feet thick. APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 171 3. Seams of bituminous coal, from two to four feet thick. 4. Fine-grained sandstone, of a yellowish gray color, and containing fossil ferns ; thickness variable. 5. Gray non-fossiliferous limestone; thickness unknown. The water obtained from springs in this vicinity frequently contains iron in solution. I have been informed that in a lew instances chloride of sodium has been detected in it. May 3.— Formation the same as at Camp Belknap. Ob- served, strewn over the surface, large quantities of iron-stone; soil and subsoil arenaceous, and deeply tinged with oxide of iron. -. May 4.— Saw a number of horizontal layers ot coarsely laminated sandstone ; between the laminations were observed a large number of ripple-marks. Soil good, and of a dark color ; subsoil in some places arenaceous, in others argilla- ceous, and of a deep-reel color. May 5.— For the first six miles the surface became gradu- ally more elevated. Here, and elsewhere to-day, we met with a number of horizontal layers of coarse-grained and highly ferruginous sandstone, which was more or less lami- nated, and highly embossed with ripple-marks. In many places we met with extensive deposites of porous and dark- coloied igneous lock, containing a large per centage of oxide of iron. The surface was everywhere strewn witn drift, mostly composed of quartz, greenstone porphyry, and granite. Saw a number of conical hills, varying in height from ten to seventy-five feet, and composed of horizontal layers of sand- stone, of the same character as that first met with to-day. Owing to the rapid disintegration of the sandstone the hills are gradually crumbling away. In many places we found a few loose fragments of sandstone, intermixed with sand, the only indication left of the previous existence of many of them* In this manner has a levelling process gone on for ages, which, if not interfered with, will ultimately tend to the removal of the various inequalities of the surface of the prairies. Soil good; subsoil argillaceous, and of a deep red color; this mixino- in the form of sediment with the water imparts to it a red color and disagreeable taste. From the north branch of the Witchita I collected a number of bivalve shells of the genus Unto. May 6.— Sandstone and drift the same as yesterday, baw a number of blufT banks, varying in height from ten to fifty feet. They were composed of red loam, the relative position 172 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. of which was found to be below that of the sandstone. Soil and subsoil the same as we passed yesterday. May 7. — Formation the same. Drift appears to be gradu- ally becoming more abundant. May 8. — -During the day we had frequent opportunities of observing the sandstone and red loam. Their relative posi- tions were the same as before, and dipped in various direc- tions at angles of from one to three degrees. Saw a number ol small boulders, composed of granite and greenstone por- phyry- May 9.— Did not move from camp. In the afternoon I ex- plored a few miles along the banks of the Big Witchita. The geological formation, as there developed, consisted of finely laminated, soft, ferruginous sandstone, interstratified with red clay, together with drift, which last was much coarser than 'any previously observed. Soil good ; subsoil loamy. May 11.— Formation the same as before. Found a number of specimens of peroxide of iron. May 12. — Red river, as observed to-day, runs through a thick bed of red loam, which, mixing with the water, imparts to it highly characteristic red sedimentary properties. Its bed was composed of fine sand. After travelling about six miles we came to a small creek with highhluffbanks, near the base of which I observed a number of specimens of green and blue copper ores. Associated with it, as a matrix, was a porous and dark-colored igneous rock, containing disseminated parti- cles of green copper ore. At this point I had an opportunity ot observing the aqueous strata, from which I obtained the following section : 1. Black argillaceous subsoil; six feet thick. 2. Soft fine-grained sandstone, of a grayish color ; five feet thick. 3. Red and blue clay ; from six to ten feet thick. These strata presented an easterly dip of nearly two de- grees. I saw during the day large quantities of drift and a few small boulders, composed of granite quartz, and green- stone porphyry. In a few hours we arrived at Cache creek, which runs between high bluff banks composed of red clay ; its bottom was thickly strewn with large, angular fragments of quarts, greenstone porphyry, granite, and hornblende rock. Within a short distance from the creek we found a small spring of clear water, which was strongly impregnated with APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY. 1/6 sulphuretted hydrogen gas. Soil dark and fertile; subsoil argillaceous, and of a deep-red color. May 14. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I rode to the junction of Cache creek and Red river, near which point I observed a stratum of finely laminated ferruginous sandstone ; in some places it was interstratified with red clay, and pre- sented a south-southeasterly dip of three degrees, (see section No. 3.) Saw scattered over the surface a number of small boulders of the same composition as those of yesterday. Soil. black and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. May 15. — Did not move from camp ; tested the water of Cache creek, and found it strongly alkaline. Its temperature was 75° F. May 16. — Passed to-day a number of long, low ridges, pre- senting on one side a gradual slope towards the prairie-level ; on the other, abrupt precipitous terminations. They were, for the most part composed of dark colored scoriaceous rock, containing a moderate per-centage of copper ore. About 8 o'clock we came to a small creek, near which I observed a deposite of soft granite, which appeared to be undergoing rapid disintegration. The banks of the creek were composed of horizontal layers of finely laminated sandstone, deeply tinged with copper, and resting upon a base of red indurated clay. Saw to-day large quantities of drift, containing small boulders, composed, as before, of greenstone porphyry, quartz, and granite ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. May 17. — Formation the same as on yesterday ; saw strewn over the surface a large quantity of reddish-brown and black calcareous rock, containing carbonate of copper and small crystals of calcareous spar. From the drift (which appears to be becoming more abundant and its particles less rounded) I obtained specimens of chalcedony, jasper, and cornelian. Soil and subsoil arenaceous, and of a reddish color. May 18. — Saw a number of .deposites of soft, coarse granite, which appeared to be undergoing rapid disintegration. The surface presented large quantities of dark-colored and cellular igneous rock, composed principally of silex and carbonate of lime ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. May 20. — Observed several clear springs bubbling up from beneath the surface. Formation the same as before ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. May 21. — Met to-day with several sections of finely lamina- ted sandstone of the same character as that before mentioned, 174 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. with the exception that the different laminae were thickly marked with small circular spots of a green and yellow color. In several places I found it interstratified with red clay. Near our encampment a fine section, showing an anticlinal axis, the strata dipping east and west at an angle of three degrees, exposed itself; over the surface were strewn large quantities of dark-colored igneous rock of the same character as that seen on the 18th instant. The drift was less abundant than before ; soil and subsoil arenaceous, May 22. — The surface was strewn in many places with de- tritus composed of greenstone porphyry and granite ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. May 23. — Did not move from camp ; in the evening I ex- plored Otter creek, which at this point runs between bluff blanks composed of red clay. Its bed was thickly covered with drift, from which I obtained a number of agates, and two small specimens of bluish^ellow quartz, each containing a small particle of gold. By digging a few inches below the drift, I reached a deposite of black ferruginous sand, which upon being stirred, emitted a strong odor of sulphuretted hy- drogen gas. From the creek I obtained a number of univalve and bivalve shells ; the latter principally of the genus Unio. Captain Marcy having to-day visited several of the moun- tains, presented me with a number of specimens of soft granite of a reddish-brown color, and of which the mountains appeared to be composed. May 25. — Remained in camp. This afternoon I measured with a thermometer the temperature of Otter creek, and found it to be 72° F. Immediately adjoining the creek the soil is good and very productive ;^but at a little distance from it, it is barren and sandy. May 26. — To-day we passed a number of sand-hills, vary- ing in height from ten to thirty feet. The only rocks met with were a few small boulders, composed of quartz and green- stone. May 27. — The surface was in many places composed of de- tritus of granite, quartz, and greenstone ; saw to-day a num- ber of boulders, mostly composed of hard granite, and pre- senting smooth and polished surfaces. The largest was about fifteen feet in circumference, and would weigh probably three or four thousand pounds. We frequently encountered local deposites of red scoriaceous rock. Captain McClellan having visited one of the mountains, presented me with a specimen of gray calcareous sandstone, which, as he informed me, he APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 175 obtained from a horizontal stratum of the same, situated within a few feet of the base of the mountain. Thus far about twelve of the Witchita mountains have been examined, and have been found to present a nearly uniform appearance and structure. Composed of fine granite of vari- ous degrees of hardness and color, they rise abruptly from a smooth and nearly level plain to the height of eight or nine hundred feet. Many of them are isolated and of an irregular conical shape, while others are grouped together in small clus- ters, and are more or less rounded. At a distance they ap- peared to be smooth, but upon a near approach their surfaces were found to be quite rough, and presenting the appearance of loose rock thrown confusedly together. In many places the granite was observed occupying its original position, and "was variously traversed by joints and master joints, which, intersecting each other at right-angles, gave to the mass some- what of a cuboidal structure. Soil rich, and from three to four feet thick ; subsoil argillaceous and of a red color. May 28. — Did not move from camp. In the evening I ex- plored a short distance up and down Otter creek ; its bed is here composed of horizontal layers of finely laminated sand- stone, containing green and yellow spots of the same charac- ter as those noticed on the 21st instant. May 29. — Passed a number of the mountains, several of which I ascended and found composed of hard granite, vari- ously traversed by veins of greenstone porphyry and yellow quartz; the last containing small scales of mica. The sides of the mountains frequently presented lofty precipices, one of which was divided from top to bottom by a vein of greenstone nearly perpendicular, and about twenty inches thick. I ob- served no change in the character of the adjoining prairie, except a few local deposites of drift and detritus, from which I collected specimens of chalcedony, agate, and jasper. No rock of any description was observed at a greater distance than a few feet from the base of the mountains. Soil thick and fertile; subsoil loamy. May 30. — The mountains did not differ materially in ap- pearance or structure from those before observed ; at a dis- tance, a few of them appeared to present a columnar struc- ture ; but upon a nearer approach this was found to be owing to divisional plains, or master-joints, with weather-worn and rounded edges. I observed to-day a number of clear springs ; the water of several being tasted was found to be alkaline. In the prairie we observed several circular elevations, va- 176 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. rying from one hundred to one hundred and thirty yards in diameter, and ascending in some places to the height of three or four hundred feet above the general level. Upon examina- tion, their minora logical composition was found to be the same as that of the neighboring mountains. Within a few feet of one of these, a small ravine exposed to view a hori- zontal stratum of soft ferruginous sandstone. Soil and sub- soil the same as on yesterday. May 31. — The mountains presented the same general ap- pearance 1 as on yesterday. From their surface were exhibited a large number of veins, varying in thickness from an inch to a toot and a half, and composed of greenstone, quartz and hornblende. The prairie was here and there dotted with a number of conoid al elevations, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet. In composition they agreed in every re- spect with the neighboring mountains, with which in origin they appeared to be cotemporaneous. From the drift I col- lected specimens of fossil-wood. The water of springs issu- ing from the mountains I found, upon test, to be alkaline. June 1. — Red river, as observed to-day, runs between low bluff banks, composed of red clay. Its bed was in some places thickly strewn with large detached masses of granite, all pre- senting a highly water-worn appearance, and seeming to have, been derived from a neighboring mountain. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 2. — Immediately upon leaving the Witchita mountains, we lost all traces of drift and other igneous rocks. Red river, as observed to-day, runs between high bluff banks, composed of horizontal layers of red, yellow, and blue clay, and finely laminated sandstone ; the latter being interstratified with thin seams of saccharoid gypsum. (See section No. 4.) About a. mile from the river we observed two conical hills — one fifty and the other eighty feet in height — composed of horizontal layers of sandstone, interstratified with thin seams of gypsum. From them I obtained specimens of selenite. Soil and sub- soil loamy. June. 3. — To-day we came to a range of high bluffs about six miles in length, and extending in a direction nearly par- allel with the river. At a distance they resembled a long line of fortification ; upon examination they were found to be com- posed of 'horizontal layers of red and blue clay, thickly inter- stratified with snow-white gypsum, (see Section No. 5.) These bluffs appear to be rapidly yielding to the weather: along their base were thickly strewn large cuboidal masses APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY. 177 of gypsum — some ten feet in diameter — that appeared to have been but recently detached from a stratum of the same near their summits. In the blue clay I observed a thin seam of carbonate of copper. The gypsum was also in a few places slightly tinged with the same metal. In a southerly direc- tion, and at the distance of about fifteen miles, we observed another range of gypsum bluffs: they appeared to run in a direction parallel with those already described. The inter- vening country was very rough and broken. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. June 4. — Passed a number of bluffs of the same composi- tion as those observed yesterday. The surface during the greater portion of the march was whitened by gypsum, which was always found occupying its position above the red clay. In the evening I visited a small hill, situated about three miles from camp, and succeeded in discovering a thin seam of copper ore, as well as large beds of selenite. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. June 5. — The country travelled over to-day was mostly composed of sand-hills, varying in height from ten to sixty feet. On the middle branch of Red river we saw long ranges of bluffs, which, upon examination, proved to be of the same character and composition as those seen on the 3d instant. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 6. — To-day we passed a number of bluffs composed of red clay; I did not observe any gypsum in their composi- tion. As we progressed the country gradually became more elevated. Here, for the first time since leaving the Witchita mountains, we met with large quantities of drift, composed principally of quartz and mica-schist. On Red river we saw a fine section, fully exposed, showing a horizontal sub-stratum of coarse-grained sandstone, overlaid by drift; the latter forty feet thick. June 7. — Formation the same as on yesterday. June 8.— -Passed a number of ravines, the sides of most of which were composed of red clay. At about 8 o'clock we came to a small eminence in the prairie, near which I ob- served an outcrop of grayish-yellow sandstone, presenting a dip of forty degrees to the west. The surface was thickly covered with drift. I saw a number of boulders composed of coarse and fine conglomerate, the largest of which meas- ured fifteen feet in diameter. At 9 o'clock we came to a small creek, with high banks composed of gray calcareous loam, from which latter I obtained a number of shells, char- 12 178 APPENDIX D.— GEOLOGY. aeteristic of the loess formation; Helix pleheium, Succinea elongata, &c. Soil barren and sandy ; subsoil in some places argillaceous, in others arenaceous. June 9. — Passed to-day a number of small ravines, the sides of which were composed of red clay, overlaid by sand- stone and drift. The surface was in many places covered with sand-hills, varying from ten to fifty feet in height. About 8 o'clock we came to an outcrop of finely laminated red ferruginous sandstone, presenting an irregular dip to the northeast of about thirty degrees, (see Section No. 4.) Soil arenaceous ; subsoil in many places argillaceous. June 10. — Formation the same as on yesterday. We fre- quently found the sandstone exposed and exhibiting evidences of violent disturbance, the strata being variously fractured, and in some places upheaved in such a manner as to stand almost perpendicular. With the exception of the creek bot- toms, the soil was sandy and barren ; subsoil the same as before. June 11. — The surface to-day presented nothing but a suc- cession of hills composed of blown sand, varying in height from ten to one hundred feet. No sandstone or drift was any- where observed. June 12. — To-day I observed large quantities of drift, of the same composition as before ; through it were scattered small boulders, composed of quartz and mica-schist. The surface was in many places covered with loose fragments of carbon- ate of lime. The particles composing the drift were fre- quently thickly coated with the same substance. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 13. — Did not leave camp. June 14. — Drift and limestone the same as before. About 7 o'clock we came to a small ravine, the sides of which ex- posed a horizontal stratum of coarse-grained sandstone twenty feet thick. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates, chalcedony, and fossil-wood. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 15. — The country travelled over to-day was every- where divided by ridges and ravines ; the former sometimes sloping gradually on either side — at others presenting abrupt precipitous terminations. Besides these, a large number of sand-hills, varying in height from twenty to one hundred feet, were observed. The sandstone was frequently exposed. In a few places I found it interstratified with coarse conglome- rate; saw a number of small boulders, composed mostly of APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 179 greenstone, greenstone porphyry, and trachyte. In the bed of the river I found a large mass of black scoriae and several other specimens of volcanic rocks. Drift the same as on yes- terday ; soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 16.— The surface was broken, and presented a num- ber of sand-hills. Saw to-day large quantities ol drift, which did not differ in composition from that previously noticed. At about eight o'clock we came to a long range of high blurts, which, as we afterwards ascertained, marked the borders o the " Llano estacado." They were composed of horizontal layers of drift, sandstone, and yellow clay, (see Section No. 7,1 all of which seemed to be rapidly yielding to the weather. At the base of the bluffs I observed a few small boulders composed of greenstone porphyry. Soil and subsoil sandy. j me 20.— During the first part of our route we travelled over a hilly and broken region, consisting for the most part ot a succession of sand-hills, varying from ten to one hundred feet in height. At the distance of five miles we reached a gradual ascent, which soon led us to the summit ot a high and slightly-rolling plain : over its surface were scattered a great many fragments of white carbonate of lime, as well as drift. From the latter I obtained specimens of agate, chatee- donv, &c. During the day I had frequent opportunities ot observing the formation, which uniformly consisted ot drift, interstratified with horizontal layers of red and yellow clay. Sometimes the drift exhibited a calcareous coating, the same as before described. . June 21.— Passed to-day a number of drift-hills, varying m height from twenty to one hundred feet. The surface was very much divided by ravines, with perpendicular sides, com- posed mostly of red clay, and varying in depth from ten to fifty feet. Near our encampment I observed a horizontal sec- tion of yellow loam, coarse conglomerate, and red clay; the last thickly reticulated with gypsum, and overlaid by a termi- nating stratum of the same, (see Section No. 8.) Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 22.— Passed a large number of drift-hills. The coun- try, as on yesterday, was very rough, and much divided by ravines, some of which were fifty feet ' deep. Their sides were generally composed of red clay, overlaid by drift ; in a few instances they exposed seams of gypsum. From the drift I obtained specimens of fossil- wood, agate, jasper, and a few water-worn fossil shells of the genus Ostrea. Soil and sub-soil the same as before. ; APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. June 23. — To-day we observed the gypsum frequently exposed. It did not differ in character from that previously described, and was always found overlying the red clay. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. June 24. — The surface was in many places thickly strewn with loose fragments of white carbonate of lime. About seven o'clock we reached, after a gradual ascent, a high, level, and very fertile plain, from which we obtained an extensive view of the surrounding country, which was very hilly, and divided by numerous ravines. The plain, at its termination, present- ed a long line of high bluffs, composed of horizontal strata of drift, finely laminated sandstone, white limestone, conglomer- ate, gypsum, and red and yellow clay, (see Section No. 9.) The red clay was thickly interstratified with thin seams of gypsum. From the drift I obtained specimens of agates, fos- sil-wood, jasper, and chalcedony. Soil and subsoil the same as before. June 25. — The country travelled over to-day was very hilly and broken, being much divided by long, narrow ravines, with nearly perpendicular sides, composed of red clay — some of them being over one hundred feet deep. In many places we were surrounded by high bluffs. The drift was found to be unusually abundant — in some places fifty feet thick, and much coarser than before met with. At about eleven o'clock we came in sight of the valley of the Dogtown river. On either side it was bounded by long lines of bluffs, in compo- sition similar to those previously noticed, and varying in height from one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet. From the drift we obtained specimens of chalcedony, agates, silicified wood, and jasper, besides a large number of shells of the same character as those observed on the 22d instant. The beds of the different streams crossed were covered with black ferruginous sand. Soil good, consisting of a rich black mould; subsoil argillaceous. June 26. — For the first few miles the country was hilly and very much divided by ravines, some of which were two hun- dred feet in depth. The strata exposed by them were inva- riably found to" consist of horizontal layers of red clay, gyp- sum, and drift, each occupying the same relative position as shown in Section No. 9. June 27. — Formation the same as on yesterday. At ten o'clock we came to Dogtown river, the bed of which was composed of yellow sand, intermixed in some places with red clay, and covered with small shining particles of gypsum. I APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 181 observed in the drift large quantities of red and yellow jasper. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. June 28. — Saw a large number of drift-hills, varying in height from fifty to one hundred and fifty feet. After travel- ling a few miles we again came to the borders of the "Llano estacado," which here presented a long line of bluffs six hun- dred feet high, and composed of horizontal layers of drift and sandstone, interstratified with white limestone. From the base of the bluffs to the river the country presented a gradual slope of four hundred feet. Section No. 10 is intended to represent the geological form- ation from the river level to the summit of the bluffs; the inferior strata, or those between the base of the bluffs and the river, having been ascertained, from numerous observations, to consist of gypsum and red clay. From the drift I obtained specimens of chalcedony, jasper, granite, and obsidian. July 4. — The formation, as observed to-day, consisted of red clay, gypsum, and drift: they were all found occupying the same relative positions as before. Soil mostly fertile ; sub- soil argillaceous. July 5. — Observed in the prairie a circular outcrop of finely laminated calcareous sandstone about three hundred feet in diameter, and presenting a quaquaversal dip of forty degrees. Over the prairie were strewn a number of small boulders variously composed of mica-schist, greenstone, and quartz. Red clay, gypsum, and drift, the same as before. Soil and subsoil arenaceous. July 6. — Observed a number of hills, varying in height from fifty to one hundred feet; in form they resemble truncated cones, and were composed of horizontal layers of sandstone and red clay. General formation the same as before. Soil in some places fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 7. — With the exception of the drift, which appears to be rapidly diminishing in thickness, the formation did not differ from that previously observed. The surface was every- where whitened with beds of gypsum and loose fragments of carbonate of lime. The former varied in thickness from five to fifteen feet; in it were observed large quantities of selenite. July 8. — The formation was mostly composed of red clay, with a few local deposites of soft carbonate of lime and dark- colored cellular sandstone. Saw no drift or gypsum to-day. Soil fertile; subsoil argillaceous. July 9. — Again came in sight of the Witchita mountains : the one nearest to us presented the form of a truncated cone, 182 APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. with an irregular basin-shaped depression upon the summit. The formation everywhere consisted of red clay; in a few places it was overlaid by thin seams of gypsum, containing selenite. I observed a number of local deposites of white carbonate of lime. Like the gypsum, it was found overlying the red clay. On our route we passed four conical hills, from fifty to seventy feet high, and composed of red clay, interstra- tified with dark-colored porous sandstone. Observed no drift to-day. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 10. — Formation the same as on yesterday. Soil dark and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 11. — Formation the same as before. July 12. — To-day we met with no gypsum. At about 9 o'clock we came to Otter creek; its bed is here, as well as elsewhere, composed of finely laminated sandstone, contain- ing small circular spots of a greenish color. In many places this was covered to the depth of a few inches with drift and detritus. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 14.— Renewed the observations of May 23d, 24th, 25th, 26th, and 27th. July 15. — To-day we passed a number of the Witchita mountains, but observed neither in their composition nor gen- eral appearance anything different from what had been pre- viously noticed. Near the base of one of them I observed a nearly horizontal stratum of sandstone, underlaid by red clay. The ground was in several places covered with loose frag- ments of gypsum, some of which were found to contain slight traces of copper. In one of the creeks I observed a small deposite of black ferruginous sand. Soil black and fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 16. — The only difference presented by the mountains seen to-day, from those previously observed, consisted in the greater number and size of the quartz veins; many of them were nearly perpendicular, and extended from near the base of the mountains to their summits; while others, pursuing a more or less serpentine course, frequently intersected each other at right-angles. The largest was highly ferruginous, presented a more or less cellular structure, and was nearly three feet wide. A few feet from the base of one of the mountains I observed a horizontal stratum of coarsely lam- inated sandstone of a yellowish color, and including in its composition small angular fragments of granite of the same character as that of the neighboring mountains. To-day I examined several of the head branches of Cache creek. Their APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. 183 beds were thickly strewn with large angular fragments of quartz, greenstone, and porphyry. In each of them I ob- served large quantities of black ferruginous sandstone. Soil fertile ; subsoil argillaceous. July 17.- — In a number of places the sandstone was ex- posed ; it did not differ in character and composition from that seen the day before. In one place the strata, still pre- serving their horizontal character, presented abruptly to the side of a mountain. Many of the mountains presented a marked difference in character and composition from any that : had been previously observed: instead of displaying a rough and broken exterior, they were more or less rounded, and? exhibited a gradual slope to the prairie- level, while the gran- itic structure almost entirely disappeared, its place being occu- pied by that of fine porphyry of a reddish color. Scattered over the prairie were observed a great many fragments of. granite, greenstone porphyry, and quartz. The beds of the different creeks were in many places covered with black fer- ruginous sand, as well as large fragments of quartz, porphyry, and hornblende. Soil black and very fertile ; subsoil argilla- ceous. July 18. — The mountains presented the same appearance and structure, as on yesterday. At about 8 o'clock we ar- rived at Cache creek; its bed was thickly strewn with black ferruginous sand and large fragments of igneous rock. From the. water's edge rose abruptly a long line of smooth perpen- dicular cliffs, varying in height from three to four hundred, feet, and having in some places a slight columnar structure, (see Section No. 11.) Upon examination they were found to. be composed mostly of fine porphyry of a reddish color, which, was traversed by parallel and. nearly perpendicular veins of cellular quartz, varying in thickness from two to three feet. Upon its exterior the quartz presented a deep iron-rust color; but when recently fractured, it exhibited various shades of gray and brown, together with small shining particles of sul- phuret of iron. Soil fertile, and in some places three feet thick; subsoil argillaceous. July 19. — I spent the greater part of the day in exploring. Cache Greek, About one mile below, our present encamp- ment I came to the termination of the cliffs. A short distance below this I observed a nearly horizontal stratum of coarsely laminated sandstone, fifty feet thick, and including in its com- position fragments of igneous rock of the same character as that composing the cliffs ; the intermediate space being occu- 184 APPENDIX D. — GEOLOGY. pied by red clay, which, as before, appeared to underlie the sandstone, (see Section No. 11) July 20. — Two miles below our camp of last evening I observed a section composed of horizontal layers of gray sand- stone, containing in its composition small fragments of igneous rock. Six miles from this we struck a seam of gypsum, vary- ing in thickness from six to twelve inches. Soil fertile ; sub- soil composed of red and yellow clay. July 21. — During the day we met with frequent exposures of the sandstone and gypsum. They presented, however, nothing different from what has already been described. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. July 22. — Formation the same as on yesterday. July 23. — Did not move from camp. July 24. — The sandstone appears to be gradually becoming more abundant, while the red clay is less frequently observed than before. Saw no gypsum to-day. Soil fertile, and in some places six feet deep ; subsoil composed of yellow clay. July 25. — Passed a number of small conical hills composed of red clay, overlaid by sandstone. The latter was highly ferruginous, and contained nodular concretions of iron. Soil and subsoil the same as on yesterday. July 26. — Formation the same as before. July 27. — At about 8 o'clock we came to an extensive out- crop of bluish-gray, non-fossiliferous limestone, which pre- sented in many places a highly crystalline structure. Its relative position was found to be below that of the sandstone. Passed a number of hills, varying in height from one to two hundred feet, and composed of limestone, overlaid by finely laminated sandstone. Soil fertile ; subsoil the same as before. July 28. — To-day the sandstone disappeared almost en- tirely, its place being occupied by limestone of nearly the same character as that encountered yesterday. Soil and subsoil the same as before. July 29. — Remained in camp. July 30. — To-day we again observed the limestone in great abundance. It presented nothing different in character from that previously described. The sandstone and red clay were also in many places largely developed. Soil very fertile ; subsoil same as before. Started from camp at four o'clock in the afternoon. For the first few miles we found the sandstone largely developed; after passing which, we came to an out- crop of limestone of the same character as that previously noticed. It presented itself even with the surface at an angle APPENDIX D. GEOLOGY. 385 of thirty degrees, and was over a mile wide. Immediately beyond this we came to a deposite of coarse granite of a red- dish color, and variously traversed by veins of quartz. This remarkable formation (as I have been informed) extends about twenty-six miles in an easterly and westerly direction, and is nearly six miles broad. Throughout its entire extent it is said to present the same character, and is everywhere surrounded by aqueous strata. I observe to-day in one of the creeks several boulders, composed of milky quartz ; the largest was four feet in diameter. Soil and subsoil the same as before described. July 31. — Shortly after starting this morning we again struck the limestone formation, which continued to be largely de- veloped during the remainder of the distance to Fort Washita. In it I observed a large number of the characteristic fossils of the cretaceous period. APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES OF CARBONIFEROUS AND --CRE- TACEOUS FOSSILS COLLECTED : BY B. F. SHUMARD, M, Dv FOSSILS OF THE CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM. CRINOIDEA. Cyathocrinos grantjliferus, Yandell and Sham., mss. Paleontology, PI. — , fig. — . The collection contains a single pentagonal plate of this beautiful encrinite, a perfect specimen of which we found several years since in the superior carboniferous strata near the summit of Muldrow's Hill, in Kentucky. The costal plate from Arkansas exhibits granules regularly dispersed in rows over the surface, which radiate from the centre to the sides of the pentagon. It occurs in Washington county, Arkansas, in grayish earthy limestone, associated with Pro&uctus -punctatus, Tere- bratula subtilita, and Spirifer striatus. Agasstzocrinus dactyliformis, Troost, mss. Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig. 7. Cup conical, composed of three series of pieces ; plates massive, smooth, moderately convex ; column none ; pelvis composed of five pieces, quadrangular, greatest width near the upper edges ; second series of pieces five, pentagonal, APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 187 length and breadth about equal ; length of pelvis three lines, greatest width five lines ; length and breadth of second series of pieces about three lines. We regret that the specimens of this crinoid from Arkan- sas are all imperfect, consisting only of detached portions of the cup. It is a fossil peculiar to the western and southwest- ern States, and eminently characteristic of the superior mem- bers of the carboniferous strata, occurring in some localities very abundantly. The genus is remarkable, from the fact of its being destitute of a column, in which respect it differs from all known carboniferous crinoids. In young individuals, the division of the pelvis into five pieces is well marked ; but in adult age they are usually firmly anchylosed, and often all traces of sutures are obliterated. In the centre of the pelvis we observe a small cylindrical tube running nearly its whole length, closed below, but communicating above with the cavity of the cup by a small opening. This structure, prob- ably the nucleus of a column, is only visible when the plates are separated. It is associated with the preceeding species, in the carbon- iferous beds of Washington county, Arkansas. Pentremites florealis, Say. Pentremites florealis, Say, 1820, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sciences, IV, 295. Petitatrematil.es florealis, Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid. p. 33, taf. i. fig. 1 — 4, taf. ii, fig. 8. This well-known species is quite common in Washington and Crawford couties, Arkansas. The specimens furnished by my brother are rather more globose than those from local- ities in Kentucky, Indiana, and Illinois. Pentremites sulcatus, F. Roemer. Pentatrematit.es sulcatus, F. Roemer, 1852, Monog. Blastoid. p. 34, taf. iii, fig. 10, a — c. — Id. Lethaea Geognostica, taf. iv, fig. 8, a. b. We have some doubts as to whether this pentremite is en- titled to rank as a distinct species, or whether it should be regarded as merely a variety of P '. florealis, which varies con- considerably in different localities. The form under consider- 188 APPENDIX. PALAEONTOLOGY. ation has generally been referred to P. globosus, Say, by western geologists, from which, however, it is quite different. Mr. Say's description of P. globosus was drawn from a speci- men which was brought from Bath, England. It is associated with the preceding species in Washington county, Arkansas. BRYOZOA. Archimedipora archimedes, Lesueur. Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig. 6. Retepora archimedes, Lesueur, 1842, Amer. Jour. Science, XLIII, 19, fig. 2. Archimedipora archimedes, D'Orbig., 1849, Prod de Palseont. I, 102. A fossil peculiar to the carboniferous strata of the western and southwestern States. The associate fossils are Pentre- mites jlorealis, Produclus pwictatus Spirifer striatus and Orthis Michelini. D'Orbigny, in his Prodrome de Palaeontologie, cites this fossil from rocks of the Devonian period, in Ken- tucky. This is an error ; we believe it has not been found lower in the series than the encrinital limestones which repose on the fine-grained micacious sandstones of the knobs of Ken- tucky and Tennessee. It occurs in dark-grayish carboniferous limestone, in Wash- ington county, Arkansas. •BRACHIOPODA. Pruductus punctatus, Martin.* Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 5, and PI. 2, fig. 1. This Productus has a wide geographical as well as vertical range in the United States ; it is also widely distributed through- *For synonyms and references, vide Koninck's Monog. du Genre Productus et Chonetes, p. 123. APPENDIX. PALAEONTOLOGY. 189 out Europe. In this country we find it commencing with the earliest carboniferous deposites, and extending through all the limestones of this system to the coal measures. Figure 1 of plate 2 represents the ventral valve of a speci- men from Washington county, Arkansas; and figure 5 of plate 2 an individual showing the hinge line and the form of the beak. Productus cora, D'Orbig. Prod, cora, D'Orbig., 1842, Palaeont. Voy. dans l'Amer. Merid., p. 55, pi. 5, fig. 8, 9, 10. P. tenuistriatus, Verneuii, 1845, Geol. Russ. et. Ural., vol. 2, p. 260, pi. 16, fig. 6. P. cora, Koninck, 1847, Monog. du Genre Prod, et Cho- netes, p. 50, pi. iv. a, b, et pi. v, fig. 2, a — d. The specimens from Arkansas are all imperfect, yet they are plainly referable to this species. It is one of the most characteristic fossils of the carboniferous beds of Kentucky, Indiana, Illinois, and Missouri. It occurs in Washington and Crawford counties, in gray sub-crystalline limestone. Productus costatus, Sowerby.* Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 2. This Productus occurs with the preceding species, in Wash- ington county, Arkansas, and, like it, has a very extended geographical range in this country and Europe. Terebratula subtilita, Hall. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 8. Terebratula subtilita, Hall, Stansbury's Expedition to Great Salt Lake, 409, pi. xi, fig. 1, a— b, 2, a— c. This shell is very common in the superior members of the carboniferous formation in Illinois, Indiana, and Kentucky, *For synonyms and references see Koninck 's Monog. du Gen. Prod, et Cho- netes, p. 92. APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. where it usually is found with Archimedipora archimedes, Pen- tremites jlorealis, and Productus punctatus. Its vertical range rather limited, it constitutes one of the most useful guides . in studying the relative position of the various members of the carboniferous strata. This shell is very variable in its char- acters, so that we are liable to multiply species from its va- rieties, unless a number of specimens are under examination. Some individuals are very much inflated ; the dorsal valve exhibits a profound sinus, and the ventral valve a correspond- ingly elevated ridge. Others are depressed, with scarcely any sinus or bourrelet. The specimens I have seen from Ar- kansas arc considerably mutilated. Occurs in Washington county. Terebratula marcyi, Shumard. Palaeontology, PI. 1, fig 4, a, b. Shell small, ovate elongate, moderately convex, sides and front neatly rounded ; dorsal valve regularly convex, rather more gibbous than the opposite valve, greatest height near the beak, no traces of sinus ; beak elongated, elevated incurved, no perforation visible in our specimens ; ventral valve without median ridge, pointed at summit, cardinal border slightly sinu- ous. Surface of each valve marked with from thirty-four to thirty-eight simple rounded strias, which commence at the beak and proceed to the lateral borders and front with division. In general form it resembles T. serpentina of Koninck, (Descr. des Animaux fossiles, 29, pi. xix, fig. 8, a — e,) but its smaller size and the lesser number of striae will serve to distinguish it. It occurs with Ttrebratula subtilita and Productus yunctatus in Washington and Crawford counties, Arkansas, in dark- grayish carboniferous limestone. We have found the same species in Floyd country, Indiana. Spirifer, (indet.) Paleontology, PL 1, fig. 3. In the collection from Washington county are several casts of a spirifer like that which we have figured. They are all too imperfect for description. APPENDIX E. PALjEONTOLOGY. FOSSILS OF THE CRETACEOUS PERIOD, MOLLUSC A. Pecten quadricostatus, Sowerby. Palaeontology, PL 3, fig. 6, and PI. — , fig. — . Janira quadncostata, D'Orbig., Pal. Franc., Ill, 644, [pi. ccccxlvii, fig. 1 — 7. Pecten quadricostatus, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 64, taf. viii, fig. 4, a — c. Shell sub-ovate, angulated, convexo-concave. Inferior valve convex, with prominent rounded radiating ribs, crossed by five concentric thread-like striae. Ribs from fifteen to seventeen, of which five are more prominent than the others ; smaller ribs disposed in pairs in the intervals between the larger ones. Superior valve slightly concave, with radiating unequal ribs. As we have not been able to consult Sowerby's description of Pecten quadricostatus, we refer our fossil to this species on the authority of Dr, F. Roemer, whose figures and descrip- tions of specimens from Fredericksburg, Texas, correspond very accurately with those we figure from Fort Washita. Figure 6 of plate 3 represents the inferior valve of a large individual from Fort Washita, and figure — of plate — the superior valve of a smaller specimen. Exogyra ponderosa, Roemer. Exngyra ponderosa, F. Roemer, 1849, Texas, 394. Ostrea ponderosa, D'Orbig., 1850, Prod, de Palaeont., II, 256, Exogyra. ponderosa, F. Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 71, tai. ix, fig. 2, a — b. 192 APPENDIX E. —-PALEONTOLOGY. Shell thick, ovate, sub-cuneiform ; large valve gibbous, ob* tusely carinated, surface marked with imbricating lamelse ; small valve rather thin, sub-concave, surface uneven, con- centrically laminated. Occurs rather abundantly at Fort Washita, generally in a fine state of preservation. Roemer cites this species from New Braunfels, Texas. Gryphea Pitcheri, Morton. Pal.eontology, PL 6> fig. 5b Gryphcea Pitcheri, Morton, Synops. Cretaceous Group, 55, PI. xv, fig. 9. Ostrea vesicularis, D'Orbig. Prod, de Palasont. II, 256, (pars.) Gryphaa Pitcheri, Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 73, taf. ix, fig. I, a — c. Shell ovate, thick, gibbous, irregular ; inferior valve boat- shaped, inflated, divided into two unequal lobes by a longi- tudinal furrow, which begins at the umbo and runs the whole length of the shell ; umbo large, elongate, incurved and slightly compressed laterally. Superior valve irregular, sub- oval, nearly plane, marked with concentric imbricating la- mella?. Occurs in great numbers in the . cretaceous clays at Fort Washita, and more sparingly at Cross Timbers, Texas. Dr. Morton's specimens were obtained from the plains of Kiamesha, Arkansas, and Dr. F. Roemer found it quite com- mon near New Braunfels, Texas. Exogyra Texana, Roemer. Paleontology, PI. 5, fig. 1, a — b, and fig. 5. Exogyra Texana, F. Roemer, Texas, 396. Ostrea mother oniana, (pars) D'Orbigny, Prod, de Palasont, II, 255. Exogyra Boussingaultii, Conrad's Geolog. Report of Lynch' s Expedition to Red Sea, 213, pi. i, fig. 9, pi. ii, fig. 10 and 11. Exogyra Texana, Roemer, Kreid. Texas, 69, taf. x, fig. 1, a — e. The specimens of this shell in the collection were obtained by Dr. G. G. Shumard, at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. They vary very much in their characters, scarcely any two examples being alike. In some the shell is quite APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 193 thin, in others massive ; some exhibit prominent rugose ribs, while in others the ribs are but slightly elevated and nodulose- According to Dr. Roemer, this Exogyra characterizes the cretaceous deposites near Fredericksburg and New Braunfels, Texas. Mr. Conrad figures a shell from Syria, which he re- fers to Exogyra Boussingaidtii, D'Orbig., and which appears to be identical with the species under consideration. Ostrea subovata, Shumard. Paleontology, PL 5, fig. 2. Sub-ovate, trigonal, elongate, massive ; inferior valve ir- regularly convex, inflated, thick, umbo obtusely angulated, somewhat prominent ; ribs four or five, longitudinal, irregu- lar, rounded, nodulose ; surface marked with concentric im- bricating lamellae ; superior valve rather thin, ovate, nearly plane, slightly convex near the peak, surface with four or five well marked longitudinal undulating sulci. It occurs at Fort Washita with Gryphcea Pitcheri and Am- monites vespertinus. It appears to be quite rare, the specimen figured being the only one furnished by the expedition. Inoceramus confertim-annulatus, Roemer. Paleontology, Plate 6, fig. 2. Inoceramus confertim-annulatus, F. Roemer, Texas, 402. Kreidebild, Texas, 59, taf. vii, fig. 4. Shell ovate, depressed with close concentric undulating ribs ; ribs prominent, rounded, regular, intervals about equal to width of ribs. I refer this fossil to the above species with some hesitation, as all the specimens of the collection are either weather-worn or badly mutilated. Nevertheless, if not identical, ours is a closely allied species. Occurs rather abundantly at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Dr. F. Roemer's specimens are from the Guadalupe, near New Braunfels. Trigonia crenulata, Lamarck. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 1. Trigonia crenulata, Roemer, Kreidebild, Texas, 51, taf. vii-, fig. 6. 194 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. Shell trigonal, thick, with from fourteen to fifteen oblique crenulated ribs in each valve ; anterior side wide, rounded, inflated ; posterior side produced, compressed ; inferior mar- gin rounded. From Cross-Timbers, Texas. All the examples in the col- lection are internal casts. Roemer cites this species from New Braunfels. Astarte washitensis, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 3, fig. 3. Shell ovate, trigonal, a little longer than wide, compressed, inequilateral, marked with fine concentric rounded , striae ; buccal side shorter than the anal, excavated ; basal margin rounded, truncated posteriorly, beaks slightly jjrominent, ex- cavated. The only specimen of this species collected by the expedi- tion is rather too imperfect to permit us to make a satisfactory description. It was found in the cretaceous strata at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Cardium multistriatum, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 2. Shell sub-rotund, inflated, length and breadth nearly equal? truncated posteriorly, basal and anterior margins rounded : surface of posterior sub-margin with from fourteen to fifteen regular radiating striae ; remainder of surface marked with fine, equal, rounded, close, concentric striae. Beaks rather prominent. This is a neat, pretty species ; and it is to be regretted that the specimens collected were not in a better state of preser- vation. It was found at encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas, where it is rather uncommon. Panopea texana, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 6, fig. 1. Shell oval, elongate, inflated anteriorly, compressed behind? beaks moderately prominent, basal edge rounded, buccal ex- APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 195 tremity wide, rounded ; surface marked with irregular con- centric slightly elevated ribs. Length about 2 5-10 inches, breadth 1 4-10 inches, thickness 1-10 inch. The only specimen of this species brought home by the expedition is an imperfect cast. Locality, encampment No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Terebratula choctawensis, Shumard. Palaeontology, PI. 2, fig. a, b. Shell sub-globose, inflated, sub-pentagonal, front slightly truncated, surface minutely punctate, the puncti only visible when examined through a strong lens ; dorsal valve most in- flated ; beak- obtuse, recurved, pierced by an oval aperture ; area distinct, forming a well-defined obtuse angle ; ventral valve moderately convex, sub-orbicular. Length 9 lines, width 8 lines, thickness 6£ lines. It resembles Terebratula wacoensis, (F. Roemer, Kreidebild, Texas, 81, taf. vi, fig. 2, a-c,) but differs in the character of the surface, which. in T. Choctawensis is thickly studded over with minute puncta. It is also a smaller species ; the area is not so wide comparatively, and the front is not so broadly truncate. This beautiful Terebratula was obtained from the creta- ceous deposites near Fort Washita, where it is quite rare, a single specimen only having been found. Globiconcha (Tylostoma) tumida, Shumard. Paleontology, PL 5, fig. 3. Shell ovate-globose, spire pyramidal, volutions about six, whorls moderately convex ; width of body whorl equal to about one-half the length of the shell. Length 1 7-10 inch, width 1 3-10 inch. All the specimens we have seen are badly preserved in- ternal casts. Occurs at Cross-Timbers, Texas, in cretaceous limestone. 196 APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. Globiconcha (?) elevata, Shumard Palaeontology, PL 4, fig. 4. Shell ovate, spire produced, whorls six regularly convex, body whorl shorter than spire. Length 1 5-10 inch, breadth 1 inch. This is likewise an internal cast. It occurs with the pre- ceding species. Eulima (?) subfusiformis, Shumard* Paleontology, PI. 4. fig. 3. Shell subfusiform, elongate smooth, spire produced, regu- larly conical ; whorls about six, broad, very slightly convex ; suture rather shallow, linear, aperture simple, sub-ovate ; body whorl obtusely angulated. Length 2 8-10 inches, width 1 1-10 inch. The collection contains only a single specimen of the cast of this species, and that badly weather-worn. It was found at Camp No. 4, Cross-Timbers, Texas. Ammonities vespertinus, Morton. Ammonities vespertinus, Morton, synopsis Cretaceous Group U. S., 40, pi, xvii, fig. 1 Id., D'Orbigny, Prodrome de Palseont. II, 212. Shell large, volutions about three ; vertical section sub- quadrangular ; ribs prominent, each garnished with three no- dules, dorsal one most prominent; dorsal margin furnished with a prominent rounded carina. This is the largest species of ammonite that has hitherto been found in the United States. In the cretaceous strata near Fort Washita, specimens were found to measure nearly three feet in diameter, and estimated to weigh upwards of two hundred pounds. It is quite common. The fragment de- scribed by Dr. Morton was obtained from the plains of Kia- mesha, Arkansas. APPENDIX E. PALEONTOLOGY. 197 Ammonites marciana, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 4, fig. 5. Shell compressed, not carinated, with about twelve simple, prominent rounded ribs, which cross the dorsum and sides of the last volution obliquely, without interruption ; dorsum con- vex, whorls compressed; surface smooth in the intervals be- tween the ribs ; aperture longitudinal, sub-oval. Length of last whorl 11 lines, width of do. 4£ lines; width of umbilicus 3 lines. The specimen figured as a cast, and the character of the lobes of the chambers'cannot be made out. Occurs in the cretaceous strata of Cross-timbers, Texas. Ammonites acuto-carinatus, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 1, fig. 3. Shell much compressed, sharply carinated, ornamented with from 30 to 34 transverse ribs ; ribs simple, distinctly ele- vated, flexuous, commencing narrow at the umbilicus, and widening to within a short distance of the dorsal border, where they are again somewhat contracted ; dorsal carina prominent, sharp, smooth, marked on each side by shallow depression ; aperture elongate-cordate, lateral septa trilobate. Diameter 2 4-10 inches; thickness of last whorl near aper- ture 5-10 inch. Occurs rather abundantly with the preceding species at Cross-Timbers, Texas. Ammonites — {undetermined.} Paleontology, PL — , fig. — . Several specimens of a small variety of ammonite, such as is represented in the figure, were found with the two last- described species, but they are too imperfect for satisfactory description. 198 APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. ECHINODERMATA. Hemiaster elegans, Shumard. Paleontology-, PI. fig. 4, a, b, c. Shell ovate orbicular, moderately convex at summit, broadly emarginate anteriorly; anal extremity truncated almost verti- cally, very slightly excavated; ambulacra sub-petalloid broad, situated in shallow depressions, antero-lateral areas widely divergent, extending to the margin of the test, postero-lateral areas much less divergent and short, peripetalous fasciole in- distinct ; mouth transverse reniform, not far from the anterior border, post oral tuberculated space lanceolate; anus oval longitudinal, sub-anal fasciole scarcely visible ; surface of test covered with small spinigerous tubercles, with minute gran- ule in the interspaces. The dimensions of the largest speci- men that I have been permitted to examine are as follows : length, 2 7-10 inches ; greatest width, 2 5-10 inches ; height, 1 5-10 inch. This exceedingly elegant species occurs in great numbers in the cretaceous strata at Fort Washita. Holaster simplex, Shumard. Paleontology, PI. 3, fig. 2. Shell ovate, sub-cordate, gibbous, regularly rounded supe- riorly, most prominent near apex, which is sub-central, declin- ing at first gently towards the mouth, then abruptly, truncated posteriorly, with a thread-like carina leading from the apex to the anus; oral sinus shallow, rounded; ambulacra flexuous, extending to the base, increasing gradually in width to the in- ferior margin; antero-lateral are as widely divergent; postero- laterals separated by a moderate interval, mouth transverse, oval; anus oval, longitudinal sub-anal fasciole indistinct; sur- face of test sparingly studded with spinigerous tubercles, with numerous microscopic granules in the interspaces. It ap- proaches Holaster ( Ananchytes) Jimbrialus, Morton, (Silliman's Journal, XVIII, 245, pi. 3, fig. 9.) Our specimens, however, APPENDIX E. PALAEONTOLOGY. 199 differ from the figures given by Dr. Morton in being less or- bicular in the oral sinus, which is not so profound, and in the anal border, which is more widely truncated. Occurs with Hemiaster elegans at Fort Washita. Holectipus planatus, Roemer. Holectipus planatus, F. Roemer, Texas, 393. Ibid, Kreide- bild, Texas, 84, taf. x, fig. 2, a — g. In the collection from Cross-Timbers, Texas, we find several mutilated specimens of Holectypus, which we refer without doubt to the above species. Dr. Roemer' s examples were obtained from the vicinity of Fredericksburg, Texas. APPENDIX ZOOLOGY, MAMMALS. BY CAPTAIN R. B. MARCY. Ursus Americanus, Pall Black bear. Throughout the valley. Procyon lotor, L. Raccoon. Throughout the valley. Mephitis mesoleuca, (?) Licht. Texan skunk. Through- out the valley. Lutra canadensis, Sabine. Olter. Throughout the valley. Bassaris astuta. Licht. Civet cat. Cross-Timbers. Canis occidentalis, Rich. Gray wolf. Above Shreveport. Canis latrans. Prairie wolf. Above Cross-Timbers. Canis . Large Lobos wolf. Above Cross-Timbers. Vulpes fulvus. Red Fox. Red river valley. • Lynx rufus. Wild cat. Red river valley. Felis concolor, L. Panther. Red river valley. Sciurxjs MAGNiCAUDATXJS, (?) Say. Fox-squirrel. Red river valley. Tamias quadrivittatus, Say. Striped squirrel. Above Cross-Timbers. Pteromys volucella, Gm. Flying-squirrel. Red river valley. Castor fiber, L. Beaver. Above Cross-Timbers. Lepus sylvaticus, Bach. Rabbit. Red river valley* APPENDIX F- MAMMALS. 201 Lepus callotis, (?) Wagl. Jackass rabbit- Above Cross- Timbers. Lepus Artemisia (?) Small prairie rabbit. Above Cross- Timbers. Spermophilus ludovicianus, Ord. Prairie-dog. Above Cross-Timbers. Didelphys Virginiana, Shaw. Opossum. Red river valley. Cervus Virginiana, Penn. Deer. Red river valley. Cervus canadensis. Elk ; only about Witchita mountains. Antilocapra Americana, Ord. Antelope. Above Cross- Timbers. Bos Americanus, L* Above Cache creek 102 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. REPTILES. BY S. F. BAIRD AND C. GIRARD. SERPENTS. The serpents collected by Captains Marcy and McClellan belong to ten species, distributed into eight genera. Several of these species had previously been received from other sec- tions of the country; three, however, were first collected during the expedition. All are here figured for the first time, except Ophibolus Sayi, of which a hitherto undescribed va- riety is represented. I. CROTALUS, Linn. This genus is characterized by its erectile poison fangs, and by having the upper surface of the head covered with small plates resembling the scales on the body, and with only a few larger ones in front. There is a deep pit between the eyes and the nostrils. The plates under the tail are undivided, and the tail is terminated by a rattle. Scales carinated. 1. Crotalus confluentus, Say. Zoology, PI. 1. Spec. char. — Head subtriangular. Plates on top of head squamiform, irregular, angulated, and imbricated; scales be- tween superciliaries small, numerous, uniform. Four rows of scales between the suborbital series (which only extends to the centre of the orbit) and the labials. Labials 15 or 18, nearly uniform. Dorsal series 27-29. Dorsal blotches quadrate, concave before and behind; intervals greater be- APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 203 hind. Spots transversely quadrate posteriorly, ultimately becoming 10 or 12 half rings. Two transverse lines on super- ciliaries, enclosing about one-third. Stripe from superciliary to angle of jaws, crosses angle of the mouth on the second row above labial. Rostral margined with lighter. Syn.— Crotalus confluentus, Say, in Long's Exped. Rocky Mts. II, 1823, 48. B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 8. C. Lecontei, Hallow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1851, 180. Description. — This speeies bears a considerable resem- blance to C. atrox, but the body is more slender and compact. Scales on the top of the head anterior to the supercilianes nearly uniform in size. Line of scales across from one nostril to the other consists of six, not four, as in C atrox. Supercil- ianes more prominent, Labial series much smaller. Upper anterior orbitals much smaller, as also is the anterior nasal. Scales on the top of the head less carinated. Scales between superciliaries smaller and more numerous, five or six in num- ber instead of four. Two lateral rows of scales smooth; first, second, and third gradually increasing in size. Scales more linear than in C. atrox. General color yellowish brown, with a series of subquad- rate dark blotches, with the corners rounded and the anterior and posterior sides frequently concave, the exterior convex. These blotches are ten or eleven scales wide and four or five long, lighter in the centre, and margined for one-third of a scale with light yellowish. The intervals along the back light brown, darker than the margins of the blotches. Anteriorly the interval between the dark spots is but a single scale ; pos- teriorly it is more, becoming sometimes two scales ; where also the spots are more rhomboidal or lozenge-shaped ; nearer the tail, however, they become transversely quadrate. The fundamental theory of coloration might be likened to that of Crotalus adamanteus, viz : of forty or fifty light lines decussat- ing each other from opposite sides ; but the angles of decussa- tion, instead of being acute, are obtuse, and truncated or rounded off throughout. Along the third, fourth, and fifth lateral rows of scales is a series of indistinct brown blotches covering a space of about four scales, and falling opposite to the dorsal blotches : between these blotches, and opposite to the intervals of the dorsal blotches, are others less distinct. 204 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. Along the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth rows is a second series of obsolete blotches, each covering a space of about four scales, and just opposite the intervals between the dorsal spots. The dorsal and lower series are separated by an in- terval of three scales ; this interval light brown. Beneath, the color is dull yellowish, and ten or twelve darker half-rings are visible on the tail. In point of coloration, the principal features, as compared with G. atrox, lie in the disposition of the dorsal blotches in subquadrate spots instead of subrhomboids ; the intervals thus forming bands across the back perpendicular to the longitudi- nal axis. This tendency to assume the subquadrangular pat- tern has broken up the chain- work into isolated portions, as in Ophibolus eximius or Crotalophorus tergeminus. The intervals of the dorsal blotches are wide, and darker in the middle, while in C. atrox they are narrow, not linear, and unicolor. The sides of the head present the usual light stripe from the posterior extremity of the superciliary ; it passes, however, to the angle of the jaw on the neck, along the second row of scales above the labials. A second stripe passes in front of the eye to the labials, widening there. A small light vertical bar is seen below the pit, and another on the outer edge of the rostral. On the superciliaries are two light transverse lines enclosing a space nearly one-third of the whole surface. In C. atrox there is a single median line. Sometimes, as in C. atrox, the single blotches on the nape are replaced by two elongated ones parallel to each other. Dorsal row of scales, 29 ; abdominal scutelke, 180 ; sub- caudal ones, 27. Total length, 34 inches ; length of tail, 4 inches. A specimen was collected the 5th of June in the Witchita mountains. Another specimen of the same species was brought home from the Cross-Timbers, Arkansas, by Dr. S. W. Woodhouse, and described by Dr. Hallowell as new, un- der the name of Crotahs Lecontei, on the ground that the ante- rior vertebral spots are not confluent. This we do not con- sider as a sufficiently distinctive character, although we have never seen a specimen with decidedly confluent markings. The notes of Dr. Leconte, quoted by Dr. Hallowell, hardly apply to the present species. The species was first discovered by Say, on Major Long's expedition to the Rocky mountains, and has not since been seen until procured first by Dr. Woodhouse, and then by Captain Marcy and the Mexican boundary commission. It APPENDIX F.— REPTILES. 205 was found by the latter party in Western Texas, where, how- ever, it is rare. Plate I represents Crotalus confluentus of natural size. II. EUTVENIA, B. & G. This genus is composed of numerous species, some of them quite common, and known under the names of Riband, Striped, and Garter snakes ; inoffensive, like most of the North American snakes. They may be recognised by three light stripes on a darker ground, the intervals between these stripes provided with alternating or tessellated blackish spots. The scales have a ridge or small keel along their middle, and are arranged in 19 or 21 longitudinal rows. The post abdom- inal or anal scutella is entire, like the others. There is one anterior orbital plate and three posterior. The body is either moderately stout or else slender, according to the species. Of the two described in this article, one belongs to the division with a slender body and 19 dorsal rows of scales, and the other to the second division, with a stouter body and 21 dor- sal rows of scales. 2. EutjEnia proxima, B. & G. Zoology, PL II. Spec. char. — Body stoutest of the division. Black above ; three longitude stripes, the dorsal ochraceous yellow or brown, lateral greenish white or yellow. Total length about three and a half times that of the tail. Syn.-— Coluber prozimus, Say, in Long's Expd. to Rock. Mts. I, 1823, 187.— Harl. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. V, 1827, 353. Eutainia proxima, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. 1. 1853, 25. Desc. — Deep brown, almost black, above and on the sides ; beneath greenish white. Dorsal stripe on one and two halt rows of scales, ochraceous yellow, lateral stripe on the 3d 206 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. and 4th rows of scales, greenish yellow or white, markedly different in tint from the dorsal. Sides of abdominal scutellae, and 1st and 2d dorsal series, of the same color as the back. On stretching the skin, numerous short white lines are visible. Occipital plates with two small approximated spots on the line of junction. Orbitals whitish. The greenish white of the abdomen becomes more yellow anteriorly. Head more like that of E. saurita than of E Faireyi, while the body is stouter than in either. The subcaudal scales are less numerous than in the other two allied species. Resemb- ling E. Faireyi in color, it is always distinguishable by the stouter body, fewer caudal scales, and dissimilarity of color in the longitudinal stripes. Dorsal rows of scales 19, all keeled ; abdominal scutellae 170 ; subcaudal ones 100. Total length 33 inches ; length of tail 9 inches. Found at Camp No. 7. The species is represented in natural size on Plate II. 3. Cut^enia marciana, B. & G. Zoology, PI. III. Spec. char. — Prominent color light brown; a vertebral paler line and one lateral on each side, more or less indis- tinct. Three series of square black spots on each side, of about 56-60 in each series, from occiput to anus. Sides of head black, with a crescentic patch of yellowish posterior to the labial plates. Three and sometimes four black vittae radi- ating from the eye across the jaws. A double white spot with a black margin on the suture of occipital plates. Syn. — Eutainia marciana, B. and G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 36. • Desc — The markings about the head are generally very constant and distinct. Viewed laterally, we see first the large dark-brown patch at the back part of the head, extending as far back as the posterior extremity of the jawbones. In the anterior part of this patch is seen the crescentic patch (con- cave before) of yellowish white, with a more or less narrow dark-brown margin anteriorly. The next black band starts from the posterior edge of the superciliaries, and passes ob- liquely downwards and backwards along the posterior edge of the 6th upper labial. Similar black margins are seen on APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 207 the posterior edges of the 5th and 4th labials, the intervening spaces being yellowish white, particularly on the 5th upper labial. Occasionally the posterior margins of the 7th and 3d labials have the black line as well as those mentioned, which frequently extend across to the posterior margins of the corres- ponding lower labials. The white spot on the anterior por- tion of the occipital suture is always margined with black. The six series of black spots are arranged so as to alter- nate with each other. The lower or third series on each side is below the indistinct lateral stripe. The posterior edge of each abdominal scutella shows a black margined spot on each side. The dorsal line is generally a single scale in width, occasionally including portions of the lateral, and itself sometimes encroached upon by the black spots. Each spot is about a scale or a scale and a half long, and about three scales broad. The number in the dorsal series from the head to the anus varies from 56 to 60. Posterior edges of scales very slightly emarginate, if at all. All are decidedly keeled. Dorsal scales disposed in 21 rows ; abdominal scutelke, 152; subcaudal, 75. Total length 34 inches ; length of tail 8 inches. Collected between Camp 5 and Red river, on the open prairie. This species is very widely distributed in the south and west. Red river forms its limit on the north, and the Gulf of Mexico on the east ; but it extends to the Rocky mountains on the west, and far into Mexico on the south. Its centre of dis- tribution appears to be on the lower Rio Grande. Plate III represents this species in natural size. III. HETERODON, Pal de B. This genus is eminently characterized by the peculiarity of its snout, which is terminated by a triangular plate recurved upwards ; hence the popular appellation of hog-nose snake. Though perfectly harmless, they exhibit a threatening appear- ance, when approached, in the flattening of their head and violent hissings ; hence the names of bio wing- viper, spreading- adder, &c. Their body is short, stout, and the tail also short. The head is broad and short. The dorsal scales are cari- nated, and arranged in 23-27 rows. The preanal or postab- dominal scutella is bifid; a chain of small plates beneath the eye, completed above by the superciliaries. There is a sup- plementary plate on the top of the head, behind the prominent 208 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. rostral, either in contact with the frontals, or separated by smaller plates. The colors are light, with dorsal and lateral darker blotches, or else brown, with dorsal transverse light bars ; sometimes entirely black. One species only was collected on the Red River explora- tion. Six species are known to exist in the United States. 4. Heterodon nascius, B. & G. Zoology, PI. IV. Spec. char. — Vertical plate broader than long. Rostral excessively broad and high. Az}^gos plate surrounded behind and on the sides by many small plates (12-15.) A second loral. Labials short and excessively high. Dorsal rows of scales 23, exterior alone smooth. A dorsal series of about 50 blotches, with four or five other series on each side. Body beneath, black. A narrow white line across the middle of the superciliaries ; a second behind the rostral. A broad dark patch from the eye to the angle of the mouth, crossing the two postlabials. Syn. — Heterodon nasicus, B. & G. Reptiles in Stansbury's Expl. Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 352.— B. &*G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 61. Desc. — 'Vertical plate very broad, subhexagonal. Occipi- tal short. Rostral very broad, high, more so than in the other species, outline rounded. The interval between the opposite frontals, the rostral, and the vertical occupied by a number of small plates, from 10 to 12, or more, arranged without any symmetry, on each side and behind the small azygos. The base of the rostral between the opposite prenasals is generally margined by these small plates, which sometimes, too, are seen between the vertical and the anterior portion of the su- perciliaries. This crowding of plates causes the anterior part of the forehead to be broader than in H. simus. Eye small, Its centre rather posterior to the middle of the imaginary line connecting the tip of rostral with the lower angle of the post- labial, which line scarcely crosses the eyeball. Orbital plates, 10-13 in number. Loral triangular, rather longer than high, separated from the frontal by a small plate. Nasals rather short, occasionally with the lower part of the nostril bounded by a small plate. Labials 8 or 9 above, all of them higher than long; indeed, their vertical extension is much greater APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 209 than in any other species: the 6th highest; centre of eye over the junction of the 5th and 6th. Dorsal rows of scales 23, outer row smooth, rest all dis- tinctly carinated, the keels extending to the ends of the scales ; those just behind the occipital plates truncate^, with obsolete carinae. Scales on the hind part of the body rather broader and shorter than anteriorly ; the inequality scarcely evident in large specimens. Ground-color light brown or yellowish gray, with about 50 dorsal blotches from head to tip of tail ; the 39th opposite the anus. These blotches are quite small, rather longer trans- versely, subquadrate, or rounded, indistinctly margined with black, (obsoletely on the outside ;) they cover 7 to 9 scales across, are 2 to 2£ long, and separated by interspaces of 1J scales, which are pretty constant throughout, though rather narrower on the tail. On each side of the dorsal row may be made out, under favorable circumstances, four alternating rows of blotches ; the first on the contiguous edges of the scales of the first and second exterior dorsal rows ; the second on the scales of the 3d row, and the adjacent edges of those in the 2d and 4th; the third on the scales of the 4th, 5th, and 6th, and the adjacent edges of the 3d and 7th; and the fourth on the scales of the 6th, 7th, and 8th rows, and the adjacent edges of those of the 5th. This last is opposite the intervals of the dorsal series ; the rest alternate with it. The central inferior surface of the abdominal scutellae is black, sharply variegated with quadrate spots of yellowish white; the por- tion of the scutellae entering into the side of the body is yel- lowish white, with that part opposite the dorsal intervals dark brown, thus, in fact, constituting a fifth lateral series of blotches, alternating with the lowest already mentioned. The throat and chin are unspotted. The head is light brown, with a narrow whitish line finely margined before and behind with black, which crosses in front of the centre of the verti- cal, and through the middle of the superciliaries : a second similar but more indistinct line runs parallel to this just be- hind the rostral, and extending down in front of the eye. A third equally indistinct and similar line crosses the posterior angle of the vertical, and runs back on the side of the neck, behind the labials and temporal shields. There is a broad brown patch from the back part of the eye to the angle of the mouth, across the penultimate and last labial. The colora- tion is thus very different from that of H. simus, where there is a distinct narrow black band across the forehead scarcely 14 210 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. involving the vertical, and passing through the eye to the angle of the mouth across the last labial. Behind this a much broader yellowish band, continued without interruption into the neck behind the angle' of the mouth. In H. nasicus the most conspicuous feature is a narrow white band, much nar- rower than the darker patch before and behind it. The dark patch, to the angle of the mouth is much broader, continuous as it were, with the broad bar between the middle and ante- rior light lines, which corresponds with the narrow black line of H. simus. The other distinguishing features are evident. The three dark patches behind the head are much as in H. simus. In large specimens from Sonora and the Copper Mines of the Gila, (Fort Webster,) the ground-color is yellowish gray, each scale minutely punctuate with brown. The blotches are all obsolete, only one dorsal and two lateral on each side being defined by darker shades. The blotches on the sides of the abdomen are wanting, but the black in the middle is strongly marked. The other characters, however, are preserved, ex- cept that the exterior row of dorsal scales is more or less cari- nated. Specimens of this species vary in the number of small postrostral plates. In some there are only three or four, in others a larger number. Sometimes, instead of a single series of median dorsal spots, there are two, in close contact, and more or less confluent. The narrow light line across the middle of the superciliaries and the high labials are always highly characteristic. The specimen figured of natural size on Plate IV is much smaller than those alluded to from Sonora and the Copper Mines, and upon which the foregoing description has been based. IV. PITUOPH1S, Holbr. This genus, closely allied to Heterodon, is characterized by a prominent snout, the rostal plate elevated and convex, with- out, however, being recurved. There are two pairs of post- frontal plates instead of one, and occasionally also two verti- cals ; three or four postorbitals ; generally two, sometimes only one anteriorly. The scales are carinated along the back, APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 211 smooth on the sides, and constituting from 29-35 dorsal row?. The preanal or postabdominal scuttellae is entire The ground-colors are either whitish or reddish yellow, with a triple series of patches, those of the medial series the largest, and several series of smaller blotches on the sides. Abdomen unicolor or spotted, with an outer row of blotches. Head of same color as the body, maculated with black spots. A narrow band of black across the upper surface between the eyes, and a postocular vitta on each side, extending obliquely from the eye down to the angle of the mouth. A black ver- tical patch is often seen beneath the eye. The names of Bull, Pine, and Pilot snake, are commonly given to different species of this genus, which are all of great size, including in fact some of the largest serpents of North America. Some of the species utter a hissing or blowing sound. 5. Pituophis McClellanii, B. & G. Zoology, PI. V. Spec. char. — Head subelliptical. Rostral plate very nar- row. Anteorbitals 2 ; postorbitals 4. Dorsal rows 33-35 ; the 7 outer rows smooth. Tail-forming 1-9 or 1-10 of total length. Postocular vitta brown, and rather broad. Suborbital black patch conspicuous ; commissure of labials black. Color of body reddish yellow, with a series of 53 blotches from head to origin of tail. Blotches of adjoining series, on either side, confluent across the light spaces between medial blotches. Flanks covered with small blotches, forming 3 or 4 indistinct series. Twelve transverse jet-black bars across the tail. Ab- domen yellowish, thickly maculated with black patches. Syn. — Pituophis McClellani, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 68.— Pilot-snake. Desc — Head proportionally large, ovoid, distinct from the body. Snout pointed. Occipital plates small. Vertical broad, subpentagonal, slightly concave on the sides. Super- ciliaries large. Internal postfrontals rather narrow, elongated ; 212 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. external postfrontals quadrilateral, a little broader forwards. Prefrontals irregularly quadrangular. Rostral very narrow, extending halfway between the prefrontals, convex and raised above the surface of the snout. Nostrils in the middle line between the nasals, the posterior of which is a little the smaller. Loral trapezoidal, proportionally large. Inferior anteorbital very small, resting upon the fourth upper labial. Postorbitals varying in comparative size. Temporal shields small, re- sembling scales. Upper labials 8 ; 6th and 7th the larger. Lower labials 12 ; 6th and 7th largest. Posterior mental shields very small, extending to opposite the junction of the 7th and 8th lower labials. Scales proportionally small, in 33-35 rows, the 7 outer ones perfectly smooth and somewhat larger than the remaining rows. Ground color yellowish brown, with three series of dorsal black blotches, 53 in number, from the head to opposite the anus, with 12 on the tail, in the shape of transverse bars. Those of the medial series the larger, and covering 8 or 9 rows of scales. On the anterior part of the body they are subcircular, embracing longitudinally four scales ; posteriorly they become shorter by one scale. The light spaces between are a little narrower than the blotches themselves for the twelve anterior blotches, and wider than the blotches for the remaining length of the body. The blotches of the adjoining series alternate with those of the medial series, being opposite to the light intermediate spaces across which the blotches of either sides are generally united by a transverse narrow band. The flanks are densely covered with small and irreg- ular blotches, forming three indistinct series, confluent in ver- tical bars towards the origin of the tail. Inferior surface of the head yellowish, unicolor. Abdomen dull yellow, with crowded brownish black blotches in series on the extremity of the scutellse. Two specimens of this species were caught the 28th of June. The largest is figured, of natural size, on Plate V. It is 38J inches in length ; the tail measuring nearly 5 inches. Abdominal scutellae 231 ; subcaudal ones, 52. V. SCOTOPHIS, B. & G. The scales in this genus are very slightly carinated on the back, and perfectly smooth on the sides. Preanal scutella bifid. One large anteorbital plate and two postorbitals. The APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 213 colors are brown or black, in quadrate blotches on the back and on the sides, separated by lighter intervals; beneath usually coarsely blotched with darker. In one species there are dark stripes on a light ground. 6. SCOTOPHIS LAETUS, B. & G. Zoology, PL VI. Spec, char.— Similar to S. confinis, but postfrontals larger. Vertical plate longer than broad. Dorsal rows 29. Abdomi- nal scutellse 227. Subcaudals 72. Blotches fewer than in S. confinis. SYN.—Scotophis laetus, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 78. p ESC . — This species bears a close resemblance to S. con- finis, and its characters may be best given by comparison with the latter. It differs, therefore, in the greater number of dorsal rows/29 instead of 25. The whole body and head are much stouter. Exterior eight rows smooth, rest slightly cari- nated. The vertical is broad before, rather acute behind. A probably monstrous feature is seen in the union of the two postfrontals, except for a short distance before, and in the loral and postnasal coalescing into one trapezoidal plate. Blotches less numerous. A broad vitta across the back part of the postfrontals, passing backwards and downwards through the eye, and terminating acutely on the posterior upper labial. A blotch across the back part of the vertical, and extending through the occipitals on each side to the nape._ The spots are larger, longitudinal throughout, with occasional excep- tions. Its affinities to S. vulpinus are close. The vertical, how- ever, is narrow, the eyes much larger, dorsal rows 29 instead of 25. The blotches on the back are longitudinal, and fewer in number. For a complete description of this species it will be necessary to procure larger specimens. The specimen figured on Plate VI is of natural size. The only one caught of this species is 18 inches long. Length of tail 3J inches. 214 APPENDIX P. REPTILES, VI. OPHIBOLUS, B. & G. The body is rather thick, and the tail short. The scales smooth and lustrous, and disposed in 21 or 23 rows, which scarcely overlap. The preanal scutella is entire. A small anteorbital plate and two postorbitals. Eyes very small. The ground-colors are black, brown, or red, crossed by lighter intervals, generally bordered by black. Seven species, besides the two here described, have hith- erto been found in North America. 7. Ophibolus Sayi, B. & G. Zoology, PI. VII. Spec. char. — Black, each scale above with a large circu- lar or subcircular white or yellow spot in the centre. Some- times only transverse lines of these spots across the back. Syn. — Herpctodryas getulus, Schl. Ess. Phys. Serp. Part. descr. II, 1837, 198. Coronella Sayi, Holbr. (non Schl.) N. Amer. Herp. Ill, 1842, 99. PL xxii. Coluber Sayi, Dekay, New York Fauna, Rept. 1842, 41. Ophibolus Sayi, B. & G., Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 84. Desc. — Body, as in most of the other species of the same genus, very tense and rigid, with difficulty capable of being extended after immersion in alcohol. Vertical plate triangu- lar, wider than long; outer edge slightly convex, an angle being faintly indicated at the junction of the superciliaries and occipitals; shorter than the occipitals, which are short,-longer than broad. Postfrontals large, broad ; prefontals smaller. Rostral small, not projecting, slightly wedged between pre- frontals. Eye very small, orbit about as high as the labial below it; centre of the eye a little anterior to the middle of the commissure, over the junction of the 3d and 4th labials. One anteorbital, vertically quadrate; loral half its height, square. Upper labials 7, increasing to the penultimate. Lower labials 9; 4th and 5th largest. Scales nearly as high as long, hexagonal, truncated at each APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 215 end. Dorsal rows 21, exterior rather larger, and diminishing almost imperceptibly to the back, although all the scales in a single oblique row are of very nearly the same shape and size. The scales on the back and sides are lustrous black, each one with a central elliptical or subcircular spot of ivory-white, which on the sides occupy nearly the whole of the scale, but are smaller towards the back, where they involve one-half to one-third of the length. Beneath yellowish white, with broad distinct blotches of black, more numerous posteriorly. Skin between the scales brown. The plates on the top and sides of the head have each a yellowish blotch; the labials are yellow, with black at their junction. Other specimens agree except in having bright yellow in- stead of white as described ; the spots, too, are rather smaller, and manifest a slight tendency to aggregation on adjacent scales so as to form transverse bands. This is seen more decidedly where the back is crossed by about 70 short dotted yellow lines; the 56th opposite the anus. The scales be- tween have very obsolete spots of lighter, scarcely discernible. The sides are yellow, with black spots corresponding to the dorsal lines; indeed, there may be indistinctly discerned two or three lateral series of alternating blotches. In larger specimens from the West, this tendency in the spots to aggregation is still more distinct. The back is crossed by these dotted lines of the number and relation indi- cated, at intervals of four or five scales; the spots on the intervening space being obsolete. These lines bifurcate at about the 9th outer row, the branches connecting with those contiguous, so as to form hexagons ; and these extending to- wards the abdomen again, decussate on about the third outer row, thus enclosing two series of square, dark spots on each side. These lateral markings are, however, not very dis- cernible, owing to the confusion produced by the greater number of yellow spots. On the edge of the abdomen are dark blotches, one opposite each dorsal dark space, the cen- tres of the scutellae being likewise blotched, but so as rather to alternate with those just mentioned. The specimen represented on Plate VII was caught the 16th of May, between Cache creek and Red river. Total length 33^ inches; tail 3f inches; abdominal scutellae 224; subcau- dals 49. 216 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 8. Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. Zoology, PI. VIII. Spec. char. — Muzzle more convex and acute than in O. dsjliatus. Body red, encircled by about 25 pairs of broad black rings enclosing a white ring: the white mottled with black on the sides. Black rings broader than in O. doliatus. Upper part of head entirely black. Syn. — Ophibolus gentilis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 90. Desc. — Ground color deep-red, encircled by 25 pairs of black rings, the 21st opposite the anas, each pair enclosing a third ring of white, the latter becoming yellowish by immer- sion in alcohol. The black rings are conspicuously broader above, the three crossing eight scales on the vertebral row anteriorly, and towards the anus about five. Anteriorly the intervals between successive pairs consist of about five scales, posteriorly only of two or three, thus diminishing considera- bly. The black rings contract as they descend, those of each pair receding slightly from each other, so as to cause the yellow portion to expand about one scale. The black rings are contiguous on the abdomen, those of contiguous pairs (not of the same pair) sometimes with their intervening spaces black. The scales in the white rings are always more or less mottled with black, especially along the sides of the body, this mottling being very rarely observable on the red portion. The anterior black ring of the first pair is extended so as to cover the whole head above, except the very tip ; the white ring behind it involves the extreme tip of the occipitals. A large specimen is much duskier in its colors. The black rings extend on the back so that the contiguous rings of adja- cent pairs run into each other. There are 28 pairs of rings, the 25th opposite the anus. Dorsal row of scales, 2] ; abdominal scutellge, 198 ; sub- caudal ones, 45. Total length, 20 inches ; length of tail, 2f inches. Plate VIII represents the largest of two specimens, caught June 14, near Sweetwater creek. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 217 VII. MASTICOPHIS, B. & G. The prominent feature of this genus consists in a very slen- der and elongated tail, forming one-third or one-fourth of the length. It bears a close relationship to the black snakes, (Bascanion,) from which it differs chiefly in the structure of the plates on the upper jaw. The scales are smooth and dis- posed in fifteen or seventeen dorsal rows. The preanal scu- tella is divided. The vertical plate is long and narrow. There are two anteorbitals and two postorbitals, these resting against the fifth labial. 9. Masticophis flavigularis, B. &. G. Spec, char.— Light dull yellow, tinged with brown above* Beneath two longitudinal series of blotches distinct anteriorly. In alcohol, and especially when the epidermis is removed, the whole animal appears of a soiled white. Syn. — Fsammoyhis flavigularis, Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1852, 178. Masticophis flavigularis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 99. Desc. — Size very large. Vertical plate broad before, taper- ing to the middle, where it is about half as wide as anteriorly, thence it runs nearly parallel. Vertical rather shorter than occipitals. Greatest breadth across superciliaries less than half the length of the portion covered by plates. Occipitals moderate. Centre of eye considerably anterior to the cen- tre of commissure, over the junction of the 4th and 5th labials. Labials 8 above, increasing in size to the 5th, which is elon- gated vertically, the 7th elongate and largest. The 5th forms part of the inferior and posterior wall of the orbit, as in all the species of the genus, resting above against the lower postor- bital, with which the 6th labial is not in contact. Dorsal scales broader than in Bascanion constrictor, their sides per- fectly straight, slightly truncate, with the corners rounded. Exterior row largest, rest gradually diminishing. Scales on the tail widely truncate. The general color, both above and below, may be described as a dull straw-yellow, tinged with light olivaceous brown 218 APPENDIX F. REPTIDES. above. This latter tint exists in the form of a shading on the centres and towards the tips of the scales, leaving the bases yellowish. The proportion of brown increases towards the back, and in older specimens sometimes suppresses the yel- low. In all instances a darker shade is seen towards the tip of each scale. The skin between the scales is yellowish. The scutellas anteriorly exhibit each two rather large brown- ish blotches, one on each side of the median line, constituting two rows on the abdomen, which fade out posteriorly. Some- times the series are not discernible, the blotches spreading so as to constitute a dark shade to the margins and exterior edges of the scutellas. The posterior portions of the plates under and on the sides of the head are similarly blotched ; the same tendency being observable on the posterior edges of the plates on the top of the head, by the deeper shade of the olivaceous brown there prevalent. Anteorbitals yellow. One specimen was procured 57£ inches long. Abdominal scutellae 191x2. The tip of the tail is missing. In smaller specimens the blotching beneath is rather more decided. In addition to the colors described, the back is crossed by indistinct bars of darker, eight or nine scales wide and half a scale long. This color is also seen on the skin between the scales under the dark bars, where the bases of the scales themselves are darker, instead of light. There is a tendency towards stripes on the side : first one of light brown, on the outer edge of the abdomen; then an interrupted yellow one at the junction of the abdominal scutellas and outer scales ; then brown again through the centres of the rows. This, however, is not very conspicuous. Sometimes the dark shades on the sides are tinged with reddish. The obsolete transverse bars are seen at intervals of one or two scales. This species may prove to be the Coluber testaceus of Say. A specimen from Fort Webster, or the Copper Mines, col- lected by the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Commission, shows the stripes on the sides much more distinctly, running through all the dorsal rows anteriorly, and crossed by the in- distinct bars already referred to. The contrast between the dark chesnut brown spots on each side, and its deeper centre, with the clear yellow of the edges, is very distinct. Beneath yellow, with the blotches reduced to mere dull spots. APPETDIX F. REPTILES. 219 VIII. LEPTOPHIS, Bell The body is elongated and very slender, the tail forming more than the third of the entire length. The scales are dis- posed in 17 dorsal rows and keeled, except the two outer rows, which are smooth. The nostril is situated in the mid- dle of a single plate. The eyes are large. The preanal scutella is bifid or divided. The color uniformly green. 10. Leptophis majalis, B. & G. Zoology, PI. IX. Spec. char. — Reddish green above, yellowish white be- neath. Body proportionally stouter and tail shorter than in L. cestivus. Snout and whole head, including vertical, longer than in latter species. Dorsal scales in 17 rows. Syn. — Leptophis majalis, B. & G. Cat. N. Amer. Rept. I, 1853, 107. Desc. — Head more pointed, broader on the temporal re- gion, and more tapering on the snout than in L. astivus. Ver- tical plate subhexagonal, broader, and postfrontals propor- tionally larger in comparison with the prefrontals, than in L, astivus. Occipitals maintaining more their width posteriorly, obtuse-angled behind. Nasal more elongated ; loral smaller, and longer than high. Two large temporal shields and a few small ones behind. Scales strongly carinated, except the outer row, which is perfectly smooth, and the second row, which is but slightly carinated. The scales of both of these rows are broader than the rest. Total length, 28£ inches; length of tail, 9| inches. Abdo- minal scutella?, 163x1; subcaudal, 111. The specimen figured on Plate IX was caught on the 13th of July at the head of Cache creek, near old Wichita village. LIZARDS. Six species of saurians, or lizards, belonging to six different genera, were collected during the exploration of Red river. 220 APPENDIX P. REPTILES. One of them has proved to be new to science ; two were re- cently described for the first time, whilst the three others have been long known to herpetologists. I. PHRYNOSOMA, Wiegm. This genus, including the so-called horned toads or horned frogs, more properly horned lizards, is recognisable by a de- pressed, broad, and subelliptical body, covered above with irregular scales, the majority very small, others quite large, pyramidal, raised above the surface of the skin, and scattered all over the back, sides, and tail. The head is subtriangular and provided with powerful spines or horns, giving to it rather a formidable appearance, although all the species of this genus are perfectly inoffensive. There are external auditive appertures as in most of the lizard tribe. In a monograph of the genus appended to Stansbury's Ex- ploration of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, six species are described as indigenous to North America ; ano- ther has since been added to the list. The single species col- lected is the most abundant of the genus. 1. Phrynosoma cornutum, Gray. Spec. char. — Nostrils situated within the internal margin of the superciliary ridge ; occipital and temporal spines longer and more acute than in Ph. orbicular e ; a double row of pyra- midal scales on the sides of the abdomen ; scales on the in- ferior surface of the head small and slightly keeled, of a general uniformity, except one row on each side, somewhat larger, pyramidal, acute, slightly raised, and directed outwards and backwards ; a series of very large inframaxillary plates, sharp on their outer edge, the posterior one of which is transformed into a spine. The plates lining the margin of the jaws are not prominent. The scales of the belly are proportionally small, subquadrangular, keeled, and posteriorly very acute i femoral pores undeveloped, or rudimentary in the female APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 221 Syn. — Phrynosoma, cornutum, Gray, Syn. Rept. in Griff. Anim. Kingd. IX, 1831, 45. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842, 87. PL xi. — Girard in Stansbury's Expl. Val. Great Salt Lake, 1852, 360. PI. viii, fig, 1—6. Agama cornuta, Harl. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 141. Plate, figs. 1 and 2. Phrynosoma Harlani, Wiegm. Herp. Mex. 1834, 54. — Dum. and Bibr. Erp. gen. IV, 1837, 314. Obs. — The color of this species has been well described by Dr. Holbrook. We may add that the ground-color above in some individuals is of a variable shade of ferruginous red — a tint sometimes seen on the inferior surface of the body. The belly is either unicolor, or else spotted as in P. orbiculare. Nu- merous specimens of this species were collected during the exploration of Red river; some on the prairie between Camps 2 and 3 ; others between Camps 6 and 7, and at Camp 7 also , others still on the south fork of Red river, and several other localities. II. CROTAPHYTUS, Holbr. Noticed for the first time during Major Long's expedition. The type of this genus was briefly described by Say in the second volume of Long's Narrative, and there called Agama collaris, in allusion to the very striking feature of bearing a double black sub-crescentic band on the sides of the neck. The genus Crotaphytus was first established by Dr. Holbrook, and is characterized by the presence of small, polygonal plates on the whole surface of the head. The odd occipital plate itself is inconspicuous; the auditive apertures are very broad- ly open. Teeth are found on the jaws and palate. There is a fold of the skin under the throat ; the head is large and sub- triangular ; the body covered with minute scales ; and the tail very long and tapering. Femoral pores present. This genus now includes four North American species ; three we have lately described under the names of C. Wislizenii, 4 222 APPENDIX F.— REPTILES. from Ne*v Mexico, C. Gambelii, from California, and C. dor- salis, from the desert of Colorado; the fourth is the following: 2. Crotaphytus collaris, Holbr. Spec. char. — Tail conical, very long and tapering ; head large, sub-triangular, rounded at the snout ; two subcrescentic black bars, margined with white on each side of the neck ; the largest extends from the origin of ijie fore-legs to near the dorsal line ; the second of these black bars is smaller, and sit- uated between the latter and the head. Syn. — Crotaphytus collaris, Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. II, 1842, 79. PL x. Agama collaris, Say, in Long's Exp. Rocky Mts. II, 1823, 252.— Had. Med. and Phys. Res. 1835, 142. Obs. — The specimens on hand exhibit several varieties of coloration worthy of being noticed : thus two specimens from Gypsum Bluffs, on Red river — a rocky locality present a green ground-color above, with large blue patches and bright yellow spots ; underneath light-green, almost uniform, except under the head, which is deeper and provided with blue, irre- gularly enlongated spots ; another specimen from the same locality has brown as the predominating tint. Light-brown stripes are seen on the legs and tail ; similar spots on the body and head ; four rows of red spots on the back ; belly light- brown ; light reddish-brown under the tail and feet. Specimens from the head of the south fork of Red river have either a bluish-gray back, with white spots, a bluish-white belly, and the interior surface of fore-legs reddish, or else the back is 3^ellow and green. The above memoranda, on the coloration, were taken on the spot by Capt. Marcy. The general distribution of color appears to indicate sexual differences ; thus all the specimens before us in which the spots have a tendency to arrange them- selves in transverse bands, or even where transverse narrow bands take the place of the spots, have proved to be females. The ground-color, however, varies in both sexes. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 223 III. HOLBROOKIA, Girard. The genus Holbroolcia bears a striking resemblance to the one just described ; it has the same general form, the same sub-triangular head, covered with small polygonal plates, a fold under the throat, small scales on the back, and femoral pores. The tail is perhaps smaller in proportion to the size of the body. The absence of an external auditive aperture will, however, at once characterize it generic ally from all its allies. The absence of teeth on the palatine bones is another organic character by which the genus HolbrooMa can be dis- tinguished from Crotaphytus. From Homalosaurus it differs only by the absence of an external auditive aperture. The species upon which the genus was originally based is the one collected by the expedition. Three other species were found in Texas, and described by us under the names of H. ajjinis, propinqua, and texana, (see Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, August, 1852.) 3. Holbrookia maculata, Girard. Spec. char. — Above light-brown, with two dorsal series of irregularly crescent-shaped black spots convex posteriorly, and provided with an olivaceous margin ; flanks with small crowded yellowish or reddish spots ; two, occasionally three, deep-bluish black spots on the sides of the abdomen ; be- neath unicolor, either of a soiled white or yellow tint; some- times irregular bluish vittae under the head. Syn. — Holbroolcia maculata, Girard, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. ofSc. IV, (1850,) 1851,210; and in Stansbury's Expl. Valley of Great Salt Lake, 1852, 342. Plate vi, fig. 1—3. Obs. — A full description, as well as a figure of this species, may be found in the Report of Captain Howard Stansbury on the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah; rendering it un- necessary to reproduce either here. 224 APPENDIX F. — REPTILES. Numerous specimens were collected on the Canadian river and surrounding localities. IV. SCELOPORUS, Wiegm. The genus has the general appearance of Holbrookia, but is provided with large auditive apertures, large imbricated and carinated scales on the back in most instances ; and smooth scales on the belly. The subguttural fold of the former, however, is not to be seen here and on the surface of the head ; the plates, though small, are larger, especially the occipital. There are no teeth on the palate. Most of the species of this genus are Mexican ; one is com- mon in the United States, and known as the brown or fence lizard. A second species was discovered by Captain Stans- bury in the valley of the Great Salt Lake. Another species inhabits the western States, and a fourth is peculiar to Oregon. 4. SCELOPORUS CONSOBRINUS, B. & G. Zoology, PI. X, Figs. 5-12. Spec. char. — Ground color above brownish, with a series of small black spots, eight or ten in number, on each side of the dorsal line. A yellowish stripe outside of the spots, and a black band beneath the stripe. A greenish area between the black band above and the elongated blue patch on the sides of the abdomen. Beneath, greenish blue. Desc. — This species bears a close relationship to S. graci- osus, from the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, in the description of which the remarkably large size of the dorsal scales was mentioned as constituting one of its most distin- guishing features, when compared to S. scalaris. In the present species the dorsal scales are proportionally still larger than in S. graciosus. Its body and head are also more slender and narrower. The tail is more tapering and elongated, and constitutes almost three-fifths of the total length. In colora- tion the differences between the two species are very striking. The head is subelliptical, depressed, declive towards the APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 225 snout, which is rather pointed. The superciliary region is but slightly raised above the plane of the vertex. The rostral plate is subtriangular, very low, and elongated transversely. The nostrils are almost circular, situated in the middle of a small plate, separated from the rostral by two small interven- ing ones. There are ten or twelve internasal and very small plates, and nine somewhat larger frontals, the middle one the largest. There are two verticals, (or frontals,) the anterior one the largest. The occipital is large and pentagonal, surrounded by four or six smaller plates, two anterior of medium size, contiguous to the postvertical, two lateral, larger and triangu- lar, exteriorly to which two smaller ones may be observed. There are three or four subhexagonal, transversely elongated, plates on the superciliary region, surrounded internally by one row and externally by two rows of minute plates. The superciliary edge is formed by five sharp and imbricated thin plates; it is continued in the shape of a ridge to the nostril by means of two sharply-keeled plates. The suborbitals are two in number, the posterior one much the longest. There is a small loral. The plates which line the jaws are subquadrangular, very narrow and elongated, four above and five below, the latter considerably larger. Above the series of plates of the upper jaw, and between the suborbitals, two series of small and ir- regular plates may be observed. Four or five inframaxiliary plates constitute a series on each side of the lower surface of the head, joined anteriorly by the subpentagonal symphysal plate. Between the inframaxiliary series and the series lining the lower jaw exists a series of four or five elongated and small plates. The auditive aperture, which is proportionally large, is oval, and almost vertical in its longest diameter. At its anterior margin may be seen two or three scales, larger and more pointed than those on the temporal region. Behind the audi- tive aperture, and situated obliquely on the neck, is a slight fold of the skin. The neck is somewhat contracted, the body slender and depressed, with the back, however, slightly arched, and the belly flat. The tail, as already mentioned, is quite long and slender, depressed at its base, and hence conical towards the tip. The fore-legs, when stretched backwards along the sides, extend nearly to the groin, while the hind-legs, when brought forward, reach almost to the ear. 15 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. The scales are imbricated and keeled on the back and sides. Their general shape is that of a lozenge, terminated posteriorly by an acute spine. There are ten longitudinal rows along the back, with five on each side, which are some- what oblique, and smaller. Underneath, the scales are- smooth, posteriorly tricuspid on the belly, whilst under the head and throat they have but two posterior spines. The scales below as well as above the fore-legs are keeled. Those on the upper part of the hind-legs are also keeled, whilst on the thighs they are smooth. The fingers and toes are surrounded with carinated scales to their very tips. The femoral pores, thirteen or fourteen in number on each side, are conspicuous and situated in the middle of one single small plate. The black spots in the series along the back are compara- tively small, and separated from each other by a space greater than their diameters. The yellow stripe extends from the origin of the neck to beyond the anus, the black from above the shoulder to the groin. The blue patch is elongated and narrow, terminated posteriorly by a black stripe which runs for a little distance along the thigh. There is an elongated black spot on the shoulder. One specimen was collected on the 6th of June. Plate X, fig. 5, represents the species in profile and of the natural size. Fig. 6. The side of the head enlarged, to show more dis- tinctly the structure of its plates. Fig. 7. Head from above, enlarged in the same proportion as fig. 6 Fig. 8. Head from below, enlarged. Fig. 9. The right arm and fingers, seen from below. Fig. 10. The right leg and toes, seen from below. Fig. 11. Dorsal scales, enlarged four times. Fig. 12. Scales from the belly, slightly enlarged. V. CNEMIDOPHORUS, WagL This genus is characterized by a bifid tongue ; a double- transverse fold of skin under the throat ; teeth on the palate ; maxillary teeth compressed, the posterior one tricuspid ; femoral pores ; broad plates under the thighs ; fingers not carinated underneath ; and a subcylindrical, very long and 00*7 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. *<> ' tapering tail. The body above is covered with minutely crowded scales ; whilst on the belly there are eight longitudi- nal rows of subquadrangular, transversely elongated plates, or scutelke. On the tail the scales are quite large and very conspicuous, strongly carinated and constituting circular rows or whorls. The explorations of the last few years in Texas and New Mexico have brought to light several other species of the genus Cnemidophorus, all provided with eight longitudinal rows of abdominal scutellae. These are C. gracilis, from the desert of the Colorado ; C. perplexus, from the upper valley of the Rio Grande ; C. gularis, C. Grahamii, and C. marmoraius, from different localities in Texas. The discovery of C. gularis in Arkansas is an interesting fact in regard to its geographical distribution 5. Cnemidophorus gularis, B. & G. Zoology, PL X, fig. 1—4. Spec. char. — Ground color brownish, with six longitudinal stripes, green or yellow ; beneath yellowish white, unicoior. Scales' on the subguttural fold quite large and conspicuous in proportion to those in other species. &YX.—Cnemidophoi-us gularis, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., PhilacL vi, 1852, 128. tj esc . — This species is very closely allied to C. sexlineaitis, having, like the latter, six longitudinal stripes, three on each side of the body, running from head to some distance along the tail. It .has, also, the same general form ; but on a close comparison it will soon be observed that the body is propor- tionally shorter, the limbs more developed, whilst the scales on the back appear to be actually larger. The head is pro- portionally smaller and narrower. But the most striking or- ganic character consists in the presence of somewhat large and conspicuous scales on the margin of the subguttural fold of the skin. The following indications of color are derived from the notes of the expedition : The upper surface of the head is reddish brown ; three longitudinal yellow or greenish 228 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. stripes extending from the head to the origin of the tail ; the middle stripe on each side may be followed on the tail to a considerable distance. The dorsal space between the two uppermost stripes on each side is brown, or reddish brown, like the head above. The space between the uppermost and middle stripes is of a deep black, and extends from the upper angle of the orbit down to a certain distance along the tail. The space between the middle and lower stripes, and between the latter and the abdominal scutellee, is green or greenish brown. The legs are brownish red, and the belly white or bluish white. The tail underneath is yellowish red ; above, brownish, or reddish brown. Specimens were collected on the 5th and 6th of June. Plate X, fig. 1, represents Cnemidophorus gularis of natural size. Fig. 2. Head seen from above, to exhibit the plates. Fig. 3 shows the scales on the subguttural fold and the hand from beneath, as well as the submaxillary plates. Fig 4 represents the femoral pores, the preanal plates, and also the plates at the inferior surface of the hind legs, and the lower surface of the feet. VI. LYGOSOMA, Gray. This genus includes small scincoid lizards, the nostrils of which open in one single plate, the nasal. The supranasals are wanting. The palate is without teeth, and provided with a triangular notch situated far back. The scales, broader than long, are all smooth. a All the species of Lygosoma belong to the Old World except the one here mentioned. 6. Lygosoma lateralis, Duni. and B. Spec. char. — Upper part of head and bod} r chestnut-brown ; a black lateral band extending from the snout across the eye to a considerable distance along the tail. Flanks grayish- brown, with longitudinal indistinct, darker, interrupted vittae, Abdomen yellowish, and tail beneath bluish; circumference of scales mottled with gray. Tail longer than the body. Limbs very small. APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 229 Syn. — Scincus lateralis, Say, in Long's Exp. Rock. Mts. II, 1823, 324.— Harl. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc, V, 1827, 221, and VI, 1829, 12.— Holbr. N. Amer. Herp., first ed., I, 1836, 71. PI. viii. Scincus unicolor, Harl. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., V, i, 1825, 156. Tiliqua lateralis, Gray, Syn. Rept., in Griff. Anim. Kingd., Cuv. IX, 1831, 70. Lygosoma lateralis, Dum. and B., Erp. gen. V, 1839, 719. Holb. N. Amer. Herp, second ed., II, 1842, 133. PL xix. This small and graceful species appears to be spread over a large portion of the United States. It is always met with running on the surface of the ground in forests, among dead leaves, never ascending either trees or shrubs like many other lizards. The body is sub-quadrangular, the head continuous with it, and, like it, flattened above. The tail is sub-circular, tapering into a point. The plates of the head correspond with the de- scriptions w r hich we have before us, except that the fronto- nasals are not contiguous, but separated by a small odd plate directly in advance of the vertical, (sometimes called frontal.) But this peculiarity of structure is not indicative of any spe- cific difference. The auditive apertures are large, circular, and their margin simple. The fore-legs, when extended forward, reach the eye. The hind-legs are a little longer and stouter than the fore-legs. The scales are perfectly smooth, uniform above and below, and disposed in thirty longitudinal rows around the body. The two middle preanal scutellas considerably larger. One specimen was procured near the mouth of Cache creek on the 16th of May. BATRACHIANS. Of this order of reptiles only two species were procured — a toad and a frog. 1. Bufo cognatus, Say. Zoology, PI. XL Spec. char. — Greenish brown above, with a lighter yel- lowish dorsal line. Patches of blackish-brown, scattered 230 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. over the sides and legs. Beneath unieolor of a dingy yellow. Head short, groove on its upper surface, not extending to the anterior rim of the eye. Syn. — Bufo cognatus, Say, in Long's Exp. to Rock. Mts. II, 1823, 190. Obs. — It is not without hesitation that we have referred the present species to Bufo cognatus ; the description of Say as cited is exceedingly brief, applying almost equally well to several allied species. The colors of our specimen varv considerably from the B. cognatus as described by Say ; but the characters of the groove of the crown agree better. The mark of "head with a groove which hardly extends anteriorly to the line of the anterior canthus of the eye," although not strictly in accordance with our species, may, with some al- lowance, be made to answer to it. It is much to be regretted that the original specimen of Say was destroyed in the con- flagration of the Philadelphia Museum, and thus all hopes of identification are lost. If, however, further explorations in Arkansas should yield many additional specimens, all differing as much as the present from Say's description, it will become necessary to assign a new name to it, especially if the true B» cognatus be at the same time detected. DEScpaPTioN. — The head is very short, the snout obtuse and truncate, with the nostrils subterminal. Upper service of head grooved ; groove subelliptical and short, not extending anteriorly to the anterior rim of the eye (fig 2.) The super- ciliary ridges thicken from before backwards, extending to the tympanum in passing obliquely behind the eyes, and in contact also with the parotid glands, which are subovoidal and of medium size. Tympanum rather small, subelliptical ; its longest diameter almost vertical. The fore and hind legs are well proportioned to the size of the body. The under surface of the hand is provided with small crowded tubercles, a more conspicuous and a larger one at the articulations of the fingers ; the fingers themselves are depressed or flattened. A larger disc-like knob is observed on the middle and at the base of the hand (fig 3.) The toes (fig. 4) are but slightly webbed, and, like the fin- gers, depressed. The fourth is conspicuously the longest, and the third a little longer than the filth. The under surface of the feet (fig. 5) is covered with smaller tubercles than those of the hands. A large spade-like process exists at the base of the first or inner toe, exteriorly to which, and at the base APPENDIX F. REPTILES. 231 still of the metatarsus, is a small knob-like tubercle. The body is thickly covered with papilla?, with some large ones more conspicuous along the sides of the back ; on the flanks they are smaller, similar to those of the intervening spaces on the back; on the abdomen the papilla? are smaller still; upper part of hands and feet minutely granulated. The snout alone is smooth. The dark patches scattered over the upper part of the ani- mal are margined with a light yellowish line. Sinuating yel- lowish lines may be observed on the sides of the belly, or flanks and legs. A rather large spot is seen beneath the eye, and another in advance and beneath the tjanpanum near the angle of the mouth. One specimen procured near the Water-hole between Camps 6 and 7. Plate XI, fig. 1, represents Bufo cognatus of natural size. Fig. 2. The head from above. Fig. 3. Left hand seen from below. Fig. 4. Right foot from above. Fig. 5. Right foot from below. 2. Rana pipiens, Latr. — Bullfrog. Spec. char. — Toes webbed to their extremity, fourth toe one-fourth longer than the third and fifth. An elongated tuber- cle at the base of the first toe ; sub-articular tubercles of fin- gers and toes but slightly developed. Vomerine teeth on two rounded and separated elevations situated between the inter- nal nostrils. Diameter of tympanum (in the specimen before us) greater than the diameter of the eye. Syn. — Rana pipie7is, Latr. Hist. Nat. Rept. II, 1802, 153. Harl. Amer. Jour. Sc. X, 62. Med. & Phys. Res., 1835, 101 ; and Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. V, 1827, 335. Holbr. N. Amer. Herp. IV, 1842, 77. PI. xviii. Rana Mugiens, Merr. Tent. Syst. Amph. 1820, 175. Dum. & B. Erp. gen. VIII, 1841, 370. The bullfrog is quite a common animal in the United States, though its northern, western, and southern limits are not yet accurately known. A large specimen was found in a cold spring near the head of the south fork of Cache creek, in the Witchita mountains. The upper parts of body and limbs are covered with warty eminences, more crowded on the body. 232 APPENDIX F. REPTILES. These warts are perfectly smooth, like the skin itself. The ground-color is greenish brown above, with crowded deep brown or blackish spots. Beneath, dull yellow, with clouded bluish patches. The lower surface of the feet has the same marmorated appearance as the back. The jaws and snout are greenish brown, and perfectly smooth. The specimen before us is remarkable for the size of its tympanum, which is much larger than the eye. APPENDIX F. FISHES. 233 FISHES. BY S. F. BAIRD AND C. GIRARD, 1. POMOTIS LONGULUS, B. & G. Zoologi, PL XII. Spec char. — -General form elongated. Opercular flap rather small and entirely black. Twenty-seven to twenty- nine rows of scales across the line of greatest depth of body? and about thirteen rows on the tail. Fifty-two scales in the lateral line. Syn. — Pomotis Imgulus, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — The body is very much compressed, and more elongated than usual in the genus Pomotis — so much so, indeed, as to resemble Grystes even more than Centrarchu^ The head constitutes a little less than the third of the total length, including the caudal fin ; it is subcorneal, with a little depression upon the middle of the skull. The eyes are large and circular, and their diameter is contained five times in the length of the head, measured from the tip of the snout to the extremity of the opercular flap. The posterior extremity of the maxillary reaches a point opposite the middle of the pupih The cheeks are densely covered with small and imbricated scales. The largest scales are on the opercular apparatus, (the preopercular excepted,) where they are also imbricated. The opercular is subtriangular ; its upper angles rounded, and the posterior one terminated by a membranous and rather small flap, entirely black. The subopercular extends along the interior edge of the opercular, tapering slightly upwards. The interopercular forms a regular curve immediately be- neath the preopercular, and is covered with one row of scales, there being a double row of these upon the subopercular. The dorsal fin is rather low, especially its spiny portion. Its anterior margin is exactly opposite to the opercular flap. 234 APPENDIX F.— FISHES. There are ten spiny rays and nine soft ones, the last being double and the shortest. The first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth rays increase gradually in length in the order enu- merated ; the eighth is equal to the sixth ; the ninth is the longest. They all (the soft rays) bifurcate from their middle, and then again subdivide from four-fifths of their length to the tip. The caudal fin is subcrescentic posteriorly; its angles are rounded; its length contained five times and a half in that of the body and head together. The central rays bifurcate three times upon their length. There are seventeen rays in all, with a few rudimentary ones. The anal is well devel- oped ; its three anterior spiny rays are the shortest, and not very conspicuous. The eight remaining ones are soft and articulated; similar in structure to those of the dorsal fin. The ventrals are inserted behind the base of the pectorals; their tip, when bent backwards, reaching the anus, which is situated a quarter of an inch in advance of the anterior mar- gin of the anal fin. This is subtriangular, posteriorly sub- truncated, composed of an anterior spiny ray, and five soft and articulated ones, which bifurcate twice. The pectoral extends backwards as far as the ventrals. Its rays, fifteen in number, are all soft and very slender, bifurcating twice. Only thirteen of these rays are well developed. The formula of the fins is as follows : D X. 9 + 3 ; A III. 8; C 2. I. 8. 7. I. 1; V I. 5; P 15. The scales are of medium size, longer than high, truncated anteriorly, rounded posteriorly, and finely denticulated, as seen in fig. 4. The lateral line does not extend beyond the inser- tion of the rays of the caudal, the base of which is covered c with scales irregularly disposed. The smallest scales are observed under the head, upon the throat; the largest on the peduncle of the tail. The color is not sufficiently preserved in the single speci- men collected to admit of description. Traces of irregular lines are, however, visible upon the cheeks and opercular ap- paratus. Found in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XII, fig. 1. PomoUts longulus, in profile, and of the size of life. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale taken on the middle of the back, above the lateral line. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line, exhibiting the mucuous tube. APPENDIX F. FISHES. 235 Fig. 4. A scale from the sides of the abdomen, below the lateral line. Figs. 2 — 4. are magnified twelve times. 2. POMOTIS BREVICEPS, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XIII. Spec. char. — General form short and stout, subelliptical; opercular flap very much developed, and directed upwards, black with a lighter margin. Twenty-four rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, and twelve rows on the peduncle of the tail. Thirty-seven scales on the lateral line. Syn. — Pomotis breviceps, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phil. VI, 1853, 309. Description. — The abbreviated head constitutes two-sev- enths of the entire length, the caudal fin included. Middle of the cranium slightly depressed. Nostrils nearer to the eye than to the tip of the snout. Eyes of medium size and circu- lar ; their diameter is contained four times only in the length of the head from the snout to the base of insertion of the oper- cular flap, which is longer than a diameter of the eye. The mouth is proportionally small ; the posterior extremity of the maxillary not extending as far back as the middle of the pupil. The teeth are slender and more conspicuous than in Pomotis longulus. Cheeks covered with scales, but slightly smaller than those on the opercular apparatus. The opercular bones have the same general shape as in Pomotis longulus ; but the opercular flap is very much developed, longer than broad, and rounded posteriorly. The structure of this flap is some- what similar to a fin ; slender and simple rays being distinctly visible through the membrane. The dorsal fin commences in a line above the base of the opercular flap. Its spinous portion is almost as elevated as the soft one. There are eleven spinous rays, the first and second smallest; and ten articulated or soft ones, occupying a little more than half the space as the spines. The struc- ture of the soft rajs and their relative length are much as in Pomotis longulus; they bifurcate from the middle of their length, and subdivide again upon their extremity. The caudal is subcrescentic posteriorly, and its angles rounded. It is com- posed of seventeen well developed rays, and a few rudimen- 236 APPENDIX F. FISHES. tary ones. The central rays bifurcate three times. The anal fin is composed of nine soft rays, one more than in P. longulus, and three spinous ones ; the second and third almost equal in length. They bifurcate and divide in the same manner as the dorsal. The insertion of the ventrals is immediately be- hind the base of the pectorals. Their shape is triangular, and when bent backwards their tip extends to the anterior margin of the anal fin, thus overlapping the anus, which is situated as in P. longulus, about a quarter of an inch in ad- vance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. The ventrals are composed of one spinous and five articulated rays, which bifurcate three times. The insertion of the pectorals is sub- crescentic ; the tip of these fins reaches about as far back as do the ventrals. The rays, fourteen in number, (thirteen of them well developed,) are slender and show traces of a bifur- cation of the third degree upon their extremity. D XL 10; A III. 9; C 2. I. 8. 7. I. 2; V I. 5; P 14. The scales are proportionally large, higher than long, sub- truncated anteriorly, and rounded posteriorly with minute denticulations. Scales, irregularly disposed, exist on the base of the caudal. The largest scales are seen on the middle of the flanks, and the smallest upon the subthoracic region. The ground-color appears to have been of a uniform reddish brown. The opercular flap is deep black, margined with a lighter line, the hue of which is not preserved. There are several sinuous irregular lines upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus. This species has a general resemblance to Pomotis nietidus, Kirt., but may easily be distinguished by prominent char- acters. One specimen was caught in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XIII, Pomotis breviceps of natural size. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line. Fig. 4. A scale from the sides of the belly. Figs. 2-4 are enlarged twelve times. APPENDIX F. FISHES. 237 3. Leuciscus vigilax, B. & G.* Zoology, PL XIV, figs. 1-4. Spec. char. — Subfusiforra. Dorsal fin longer than high. Sixteen rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, and eight on the peduncle of the tail. Thirty-eight to forty scales in the lateral line, which runs through the middle of the sides, slightly bent downwards on the abdomen. Syn. — Ceratichthys vigilax, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — Body subfusiform, compressed. The head forms one-fifth of the entire length from the snout to the tip of the caudal fin ; it is contained three times in the length of the body, the caudal fin being about one-fifth of the entire length. The head itself has the shape of a truncated cone. The eyes are subelliptical ; their longitudinal diameter being contained three times and a half in the length of the sides of the head. The mouth is rather small, its angle not extending to a point below the anterior rim of the eyes. The opercular bone is conspicuously large, and almost trapezoidal in shape. The subopercular and preopercular are comparatively small, The isthmus beneath is about three-tenths of an inch wide. The dorsal fin is longer than high, and is composed of nine rays, bifurcated from about their middle ; some of the median rays showing another subdivision upon their extremity. The caudal fin is forked; its angles are acute. It contains eigh- teen well-developed rays, and several rudimentary ones above and below ; the central ones bifurcate twice. The base of the caudal fin is considerably broader (higher) than the cen- tral portion of the peduncle of the tail. The anal fin is situ- ated behind the dorsal, is higher than long, subtrapezoidal, and composed of eight bifurcated rays ; the central ones sub- divided towards their extremity. The ventrals are inserted very little behind the anterior margin of the dorsal ; they are rather slender, posteriorly rounded, composed of eight bifur- cated rays, the middle ones bifurcated towards their extremity : *Note. — Owing to the immature state of the specimens, we have preferred returning this species to the genus Leuciscus. Although having a strong resem- blance to Ceratichthys, as also to Pimephales, in the bluntness of the snout, the inferior position of the mouth, and other characters, yet the specimen is almost too small to allow a final determination as to its generic character. 238 APPENDIX F. FISHES. and when bent backwards the fin does not reach quite to the anus, which is situated immediately in advance of the anterior margin of the anal fin. The pectorals are slender ; when bent backwards they do not reach the insertion of the ven- trals. They are composed of fourteen bifurcated rays, the central ones subdividing at their last third. Formula : D 9; A 8; C 3. I. 8. 8. I. 3; V 8; P 14. The scales are proportionally large, a little higher than long, rounded at both extremities, more abruptly posteriorly. The lateral line runs along the middle of the side, slightly bent downwards on the abdomen. The ground-color is yellowish brown; a blackish stripe composed of crowded dots follows the lateral line on the sides. One specimen (immature) caught in Otter creek, Arkansas. Plate XIV, fig. J, represents Leuciscus vigilax, size of life. Fig. 2. A dorsal scale. Fig. 3. A scale from the lateral line. Fig. 4. Abdominal scale. Figs. 2-4 are enlarged twelve times. 4. Leuciscus bubalinus, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 5-8. Spec. char. — Compressed. Back arched. Tail slender. Dorsal fin higher than long. Ten rows of scales across the line of greatest depth, and five rows on the tail. The lateral line, which contains about thirty-six scales, runs below the middle of the flanks. Dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventral fins well developed. Syn. — Leuciscus bubalinus, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — The body much compressed, and rather short in appearance. Back considerably arched in advance of the dorsal, behind which the body tapers quite rapidly pos- teriorly, rendering the peduncle of the tail comparatively slender. The head is about one-fifth of the entire length. Eyes comparatively large and circular ; their diameter con- tained three times and a half in the length of the head, one diameter intervening between the eye and the snout. The nostrils are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of the snout. APPENDIX F.-—F1SHES* Z6\S The jaws are even, (the figure represents the lower one a little too short.) The opercular apparatus is conspicuously devel- oped, especially the opercular, which has the shape of an elongated quadrangle, slightly concave posteriorly, and slight- ly rounded inferiorly. The isthmus is quite small. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin corresponds to the middle of the distance between the snout and the base of the caudal fin. It is angular and higher than long, and composed of eight rays. The anal has the same. length as the dorsal, but is not quite as high ; it is composed of nine articulated •rays and two minute spines at the anterior margin. The ventrals when bent backwards reach the anterior margin of the anal fin, consequently overlapping the anus situated close to the anal fin. They contain eight rays, all soft or articu- lated. The pectorals are comparatively small and slender, reaching the insertion of the ventrals when brought back- wards. Their posterior margin is rounded ; the rays eleven in number. In all the fins the rays are bifurcated, and the middle ones subdivided upon their length. Formula : D 8 ; A II. 9 ; C 4. I. 9. 9. I. 3 ; V 8 ; P 11. The scales are large, higher than long, rounded anteriorly, subtruncated posteriorly. The lateral liner forms a very open curve, convex downwards, and nearer to the insertion of the ventrals than to the base of dorsal. The ground-color is grayish ; the hue is not preserved on the specimen. Caught, like the preceding, in Otter Creek, Arkansas. Fig. 5 represents Leuciscus bubalinus the size of life, and ap- parently quite mature. Fig. 6. A dorsal scale. Fig. 7. Scale from the lateral line. Fig. 8. Abdominal scale. Figs. 6-8 are enlarged twelve times. 5. Leuciscus lutrensis, B. & G. Zoology, PI. XIV, figs. 9-12. Spec, char.— Subfusi form, compressed. Insertion of ven= trals in advance of dorsal. Twelve rows of scales across the line of greatest depth ; six rows on the tail. About thirty- six in the lateral line, which is bent downwards on the abdo- men and slightly broken in advance of the anal fin. Dorsal and anal fins well developed. 240 APPENDIX F.— FISHES. Syn. — Leuciscus lutrensis, B. & G. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. VI, 1853, 391. Description. — 'The body is much compressed and subfu- siform in general appearance, somewhat tapering from the posterior margin of the dorsal and anal fins to the caudal, the base of which is broader than the peduncle of the tail. The greatest depth is equal to the length of the sides of the head, which is contained three times and a half in the total length, the caudal fin included. The greatest thickness is nearly half of the depth. In general aspect it resembles Leuciscus Jcenluclcierisis of Kirtland. The eyes are of medium size, sub- circular ; their diameter contained four times in the length of the sides of the head. The nostrils, situated towards the upper surface of the head, are nearer to the eyes than to the tip of the snout. The posterior extremity of the maxillary does not reach the vertical of the anterior rim of the orbit. The upper and posterior margins of the opercular consti- tute a uniform curve, whilst the anterior and inferior margins are straight, forming a rather acute angle. The subopercu- lars and interoperculars are comparatively small. The anterior margin of the dorsal fin is situated on the mid- dle of the distance between the snout and the base of the caudal; the fin itself is quadrangular, higher than long, and composed of eight rays, the last double, and the anterior rudi- mentary in close contact with the next. The anal is shaped somewhat like the dorsal; it has nine perfect rays, and an anterior rudimentary one. The caudal is deeply forked with acute angles, and shorter than the head. It is composed of nineteen well developed rays, and several rudimentary ones, above and below. The ventrals are posteriorly rounded, (a character not expressed in the figure,) composed of eight rays, and when bent backwards their tips reach the anus, which is situated immediately in advance of the anal fin. The pecto- rals are elongated, rather slender, rounded, and their tip not quite reaching the insertion of the ventrals. They are com- posed of eleven slender, bifurcated, but not subdivided rays. The median rays of the dorsal, caudal, anal, and ventrals, are subdivided for at least one-fourth of their length, the bifurca- tion beginning sometimes upon their middle. Formula : D 8 + 1 ; A 1. 9 ; C 2. I. 9. 8. I. 1 ; V 8 ; P 11. The scales are proportionally large, higher than long ; an- terior, superior, and inferior margins, uniformly rounded, pos- APPENDIX F. FISHES. 241 terioiiy subtruncated. The lateral line is considerably bent down on the abdomen, and slightly broken in advance of the anal fin. The ground-color, as preserved in alcohol, is dull bluish brown ; the back is bluish ; the dorsal fin yellowish brown ; the caudal, pectorals, and ventrals are reddish. Several specimens were caught in Otter creek, Arkansas ; the largest of which we have had figured. Plate XIV, fig. 9, Leuciscus lutrensis size of life. Fig. 10. A dorsal scale from the middle of the region be- tween the dorsal fin and the lateral line. Fig. 11. A scale of the lateral line taken beneath the dor- sal fin. Fig. 12. An abdominal scale taken beneath the lateral line, ~ way between the latter and the line of the belly. 242 APPENDIX P.— SHELLS. SHELLS. ;y professor c. b. adams. Amherst, Massachusetts, December 1, 1852. Dear Sir : I transmit herewith a list of the shells which were collected in Texas and upon Red river by Captain, Marcy ; And have the honor to remain your obedient servant, C. B. ADAMS. President Hitchcock. ACEPHALA. 1. Unio asperrimus, Lea» The specimens have a great profusion of small tubercles on the umbones. One large specimen was taken May 22d ? at the foot of the Witchita mountains : 3 mature and 5 young shells were taken in Otter creek, July 13th, near the same place; long, about 100° W.; lat. about 34° 35' N. 2. Unio, Sp. indet. This may be a variety of the preceding; but with only one decayed specimen we do not venture to describe it as a new species. It differs in having only a few large tubercles in two radiant series, of which one passes down the middle of the disc and the other is on the posterior angle. A few small curved ridges proceed from this angle to the ligamentary margin. No label. 3. Unio tuberculatus, Barnes. A single valve of a young specimen ; no label. APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 243 4. Unio anodontoides, Lea. 7 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th ; one of them is 5 inches long, 2 to 3 inches high, and 1.6 inch wide. 5. Unio parvus, Barnes. 2 J specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. 6. Unio hydianus, Lea. 2 specimens were taken near Fort Washita July 31st. 7. Unio l^evissimus, Lea. The specimen is for this species remarkably thick ; the nacre is deeply colored with reddish purple, and there are some fine radiating stria? behind the umbones. No label, but may have been taken in Otter creek, since it was in the same parcel with the next species. 8. Unio gracilis, Barnes. Several specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th, and some July 15th, probably in a branch of Cache creek, a few miles west of Otter creek. 9. Cyclas distorta, Prime. 4£ specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. GASTEROPODA. 10. Bulimus liquabilis, Reeve. 4 specimens (dead) were taken in Otter creek July 13th. This is the only terrestrial species in the collection. 11. Physa ancillaria, Say. 3 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. Thej are more shouldered than is usual, but not so much as the 244 APPENDIX F. SHELLS. variety figured by Professor Haldeman, Monog. Physa, pi. 8 t fig. 5. 12. Physa heterostropha, Say. 12 specimens were taken in Otter creek July 13th. 13. Lymn^ea caperata, Say. 2 specimens were taken May 16th, one day from Cache creek. 14. Planorbis lentus, Say, Several specimens were taken with the preceding ; also in Otter creek, July 13th. Geographical distribution. Nos. 3, 11, 12, and 13 occur also through the western and eastern States. No. 8 has its northeastern limit in Lake Champlain. Although Ohio specimens of this species are easily distinguished from those of Lake Champlain, it is re- markable that these Texan shells cannot be distinguished from them. Nos. 5, 6, and 14 are southern species. No. 10 has hitherto been known only as a Texan shell. The re- mainder are western and southern species. NOTICES OF ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF SHELLS : BY G. C, SHU= MARD, M. D. 1. Unio anodontoides, Lea, Found in the Little Witchita, and in a small creek between Fort Washita and Fort Arbuckle ; quite abundant, and the specimens very beautiful. 2. Unio rugosus, Barnes. Occurs with the preceding species at all the localities above mentioned. The specimens are less ventricose than any we have seen from the Ohio basin. They approach more nearly to a variety brought by Professor Litton from Red river of the north. APPENDIX F. SHELLS. 245 3. Unio siliquoideus, Barnes. Found in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort Washita. 4. Unio l^evissimus, Lea. A few detached valves of this species were found on the banks of Otter creek. 5. Anodonta imbecilis, Say. Abundant and very beautiful, in Beaver creek ; more spar- ingly in a small creek between Fort Arbuckle and Fort Washita. 6. Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Abundant in many of the streams from Fort Belknap to the sources of Red river. 7. Physa gyrina, Say. Beaver creek, Choctaw Nation. 8. Succinea avara, Sa} 1- . Otter creek, Choctaw Nation. 9. Cyclas parttjmeia, Say. Otter and Beaver creek. 10. Bulimus dealbata, Say. 246 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. BY CHARLES GIRARD. i I. DAIHINIA, Hald. Gen. char. — Body rather short, concave above, without any traces of wings ; provided with short and robust limbs ; second and third joints of tarsi, equal ; antennae long and fili- form. A row of spines upon the under surface of the femora, more conspicuous in males than in females. Syn. — Daihinia, Hald. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. II, 1850, 346. Obs. — The general aspect of this genus is that of Phalan- gopsis, from which it differs by having "shorter antennae, shorter and more robust limbs." It approximates to Steno- pelmatus by the structure of its tarsi, in which the second and third joints are equal. Prof. Haldeman, who traced the distinction between Dai- kinia and Phalangopsis, proposed to consider the former as a mere sub-genus of the latter. But should the above charac- ter prove constant, they are sufficient to raise Daihinia to the rank of a genus ; thus simplifying much the nomenclature. Two species of this genus are known — the one herein described and figured, and D. robusta, Hald., an inhabitant of New Mexico. 1. Daihinia brevipes, Hald* Zoology, PI. XV, figs. 9-13. Spec char — Dark brown, mottled with lighter shades; legs short and robust; tibiae shorter than the femora, and strongly spinous ; antennae of medium development. Syn. — Phalangopsis (Daihinia) brevipes, Hald. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sc. II, 1850, 346. APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. 247 Description. — The fact that in this species the tibiae are shorter than the femora, contributes somewhat to impress upon it more strongly that character of the genus which con- sists in being provided with shorter limbs than in Phalangopsis. The surface of the body is generally smooth, but posteriorly, and particularly in the male, there are minute short spines, which give to that region a granulated appearance; these minute spines are especially crowded upon the margin of the segments or articulations. The femora are provided with spines above and below, stronger below, and more so in the male. The tibial spines are very much developed on the an- terior and posterior tibiae, much less on the medial ones; anteriorly they occupy the outer edge of the limbs, and an- swer fossorial purposes ; posteriorly they constitute two rows, directed horizontally backwards, inclining a little downwards, the inner row being the strongest. The anterior and poste- rior tarsi are trimerous ; the medial ones being tetramerous. The ovipositor is comparatively small; its length being less than the half of the length of the body, and provided beneath and towards the tip with from eight to ten small spines. The ground-color is chesnut-brown, mottled above with lighter shades. The antenna? and spines are blackish. Specimens were collected at the Camp No. 7, recorded as "yellowish-brown;" others on June 5th and 6th, said to be " yellowish-red." Plate XV, fig. 9, represents the male Daihinia brcvipes size of life. Fig. 10 is the female, also the size of life. Fig. 11, front view of the head of the female. Fig. 12, a tarsus from above. Fig. 13, a tarsus from below. II. ANABRUS, Hald. Gen. Char.— Body sub-cylindrical, thickest in the middle ; without wings ; antenna? almost as long as the body, and fili- form ; pronotum selliform, extending over the basal articula- tion of the abdomen, and concealing rudimentary elytra ; ovipositor elongated, nearly straight, sword-shaped ; tarsi broad, soles concave ; third articulation cordate. Syn. — Anabrus, Hald. in Stansb. Expl. Vail. G. Salt Lake, 1852, App. C. 370. 248 APPENDIX F.— ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. Obs. — -The general appearance of the genus Anabrus re- minds us strongly of Phalangopsis proper, from which it is dis- tinguished by its movable and selliform pronotum and the length and shape of the ovipositor. • The general proportions of the body and limbs are more elongated than in Phalangop- sis. The structure of the tarsi, which is not apparent upon a first glance, affords other differences not less important, be- tween Anabrus and Phalangopsis, when studied compara- tively. 2. Anabrus haldemanii, Girard, Zoology, PI. XV, figs. 5-8. Spec. char. — Antennae long and filliform, reaching pos- teriorly the base of the ovipositor ; pronotum short, broad ; femora smooth. Yellowish ; feet and ovipositor reddish pur- ple. Posterior margin of pronotum black, with two parallel black bands on the posterior third of its length. Description.— The abdomen above exhibits ten segments or articulations ; the anterior or basal one being, as stated above, covered by the posterior prolongation of the pronotum. Beneath there are seven sub-quadrangular plates, situated opposite to the seven middle upper segments, The posterior segments enclose another piece bearing two spine-like, ab- dominal appendages — one on each side. The ovipositor is as long as the abdomen, and entirely smooth. The base of the antennae is situated above the eyes, and inserted upon an angu- lar movable piece. The joints composing these organs are very short, and provided with minute setae. The tibiae are provided with four rows of spines, two anterior and two pos- terior ; the internal posterior row being the stoutest. The posterior rows are more densely set with spines, whilst the latter are scattered and alternate with each other in the ante- rior rows. The first and cordate joint of the tarsi is the long- est ; the second is the shortest ; and from the middle of the third, a fourth slender and long joint arises, slightly convex above, and terminating in two spines or claws curved inwards and outwards. The ground-color above and below is yellowish ; the an- tennae, limbs, and ovipositor are of a reddish purple. The posterior margin of the pronotum is black. Two parallel black vittae, enclosing a narrow yellow one, are observed on APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. each side of the dorsal line, upon the posterior third of the pronotum. The posterior portion of the upper abdominal segments is occasionally of a deep-brown hue. This species differs from Anabrus simplex, Hald., by a pro- portionally much shorter pronotum. One specimen, caught June 27th, is recorded as " green and white." Plate XV, fig. 5, represents Anabrus haldemann in a profile view and of the size of life. Fig. 6 is a front view of the head. Fig. 7, a tarsus frorri, above. Fig. 8, a tarsus from below. III. BRACHYPEPLUS, Charp. Gen. char. — Body acrydoid ; elytra and wings rudimen- tary; antennas rather short; pronotum tricarinated ; surface between the carinas granulated. Second joint of tarsi very short ; first and third elongated ; last one terminating by two curved claws, between which is situated a subcircular fleshy disk. Syn. — Brachijpeplus, Charp. Orth. descr. et pict. Fasc. IX, 1843, Tab. li. Obs. — This genus, established by Toussaint de Char pen- tier in his Orthoptera descripta et picta, was not characterized, owing, perhaps, to the fact that one species only was known and described by him under the name of B. virescens, said to inhabit " Mexico." It may easily be distinguished from the one we shall describe by its much shorter antennae and slen- derer tarsi ; also by its color, which is deep-green, with a few brown spots on the pronotum, and a double series of these along the upper part of the abdomen. 3. Brachypealus magnus, Girard. Zoology, PL XV, fig. 1-4. Spec char. — Reddish brown ; elytra dotted with black ; antennas bluish brown ; femora and tibiae reddish ; tarsi pur- plish ; spines black towards tip ; femora sub fusiform ; a ca- rina along the upper and middle region of the abdomen. 250 APPENDIX F. ORTHOPTEROUS INSECTS. Description. — The pronotum is one-third of the length of the abdomen, overlapping posteriorly the anterior abdominal segment entirely and half of the second. The entire number of abdominal segments or articulations is eleven, carinated upon their medial line, and continuing the medial carina of the pronotum all along the middle region of the abdomen above. Antennas a little longer than the pronotum, and com- posed of about twenty short joints. The tibiae are shorter than the femora, and provided, the two anterior pairs inter- nally, and the posterior pair externally, with two rows of spines, the inner row the strongest. The femora are sub- fusiform ; the posterior ones a little broader than thick, but never as much compressed as in B. virescens, in which these organs present sharp edges. The tarsi are all tetramerous : the first article is the stoutest and the longest, the second being quite short ; the third is more slender, and the fourth the smallest, terminating into two carved spines or claws, be- tween which is a subcircular fleshy disk. The rudimentary elytra are subovoidal, not extending backwards to the poste- rior margin of the third abdominal segment. The ground-color, as preserved upon specimens in alco- hol, is yellowish brown ; black dots and spots are scattered over the rudimentary elytra. The antennas are bluish brown; the femora and tibiae reddish, and the tarsi purplish, whilst the spines are black. This species differs from B. virescens by its proportionally longer antennae, shorter pronotum, and less compressed fem- ora. • The general shape of the body is in every respect pro- portionally longer than in the latter species. Two specimens were collected on the 7th of July — one *' green," the other " reddish brown." Plate XV, fig. 1, represents Brachypeplus magnus in natural size. Fig. 2, front view of the head. Fig. 3, a tarsus from above. Fig. 4, same from below. We refer to Brachypeplus virescens two specimens ; one col- lected on the 12th of June, and which was " green above, white beneath, with yellow and black stripes on the back ; JJ another specimen, a little smaller, caught June 21st, was " green and brown," APPENDIX F.— ARACHNIDIANS. 251 ARACHNIDIAN8. BY CHARLES GIRARD, i. araneidj:, 1. Mygale hentzii, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVI, 1-3. Spec. char. — Blackish brown ; densely studded with hairs, Cephalothorax subcircular, with a median and transversely elliptical infundibulum upon its posterior half, whence shallow grooves radiate towards the periphery. Abdomen ovoido Palpi composed of five joints besides the maxilla?, a hook in the male. Legs six-jointed. Description. — -This species is one of the largest of the genus hitherto found within the limits of the United States. The specimen figured, however, is much below the usual size. The cephalothorax is subcircular in shape, a little broader in the male than in the female. The eyes are disposed as in fig. 3, on a little eminence near the anterior margin, and upon the midial line. On the posterior half of the same region, on a line with the eyes, is a traverse infundibulum, sometimes subcrescentic, convex posteriorly. Shallow and sometimes irregular grooves radiate from that centre towards the margin of the cephalothorax The abdomen is ovoid ; considerably larger in the female than in the male. The labrum is quite small. The chelicerae are robust, regularly arched, termina- ted by a rather slender hook, similarly curved, and movable upon the cheliceras. The palpi are six-jointed ; the basal joint, functioning as maxilla, is robust, and not otherwise distin- guished from the following, except that it is provided along its inner margin with a brush-like series of hairs. The second joint is very short"; the third is the longest ; the fourth is a little larger than the second ; the fifth a little shorter than the third ; the fourth shorter than the fifth ; the sixth is the size of the second, but differently shaped, being rounded at its ex- 252 APPENDIX F.— ARACHNIDIANS. tremity, at the inferior surface of which exists a hook, very stout at the base, tapering into an acute point, curved down- wards and outwards. In the female the sixth joint of the palpi is as long and of the same shape as the fifth, and de- prived of the hook. The fourth pair of legs is the longest ; the first pair comes next ; the second pair is the smallest. They are all six jointed, the first joint short and robust. The second joint is the longest ; the third the smallest ; the fifth is, after the second, the next in length ; then the fourth, and finally the sixth. The external pair of fusi, or spinning apparatus, is slender, and as usual, three-jointed , the internal pair is very small, and not conspicuous. The whole surface of the body and legs, above and below, is densely covered with fine setose hairs. The color is uniform blackish brown. The My gale hentzii is the large black spider known in the Southwest as the tarantula, where its bite is greatly dreaded. A female specimen was collected on the 17th of May, on an open, barren prairie between Camps 2 and 3. Other speci- mens of both sexes were taken^pn the 28th of June, near the head of south fork of Red river. Plate XVI, fig. 1, represents Mygale hentzii seen from above. Fig. 2 is an underview to exhibit the labrum (1,) the maxillae (m,) the chelicerae (c,) and the palpi (p,) also to show the fusi (f.) Fig. 3 represents the disposition of the ocelli. 2. Lycos a pilosa, Girard. Zoology, PL XVI, figs. 4 and 5. Spec, char.— Hairs of a yellowish brown color, covering the upper parts. Beneath black ; cephalothorax subpyriform ; abdomen ovoid. Palpi composed of five joints besides the maxillse ; terminal joint provided beneath with two small spines. Legs very long and slender ; all six-jointed. Description. — Of all the American Lycosa hitherto des- cribed the present species is the one in which the legs are the longest and the most slender. The size of the celphalothorax and abdomen is proportionally smaller, however, than in L. fatifera, Hentz. The cephalothorax is longer than broad, elevated on its •middle region, and anteriorly very prominent ; subpyriform in its general outline : the narrowest part directed forwards. Its surface, when freed from its fur, exhibits shallow grooves APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDXANS. 253 radiating from the centre towards the periphery, pretty much in the same manner as in the My gale just described, although much less conspicious. There is no central infundibulum, which is replaced here by a minute longitudinal furrow about a tenth of an inch in length. The abdomen is ovoid, and as usual, larger in the female than in the male. The cheliceras are stout, with a very slight downwards in- flexion, provided with small protuberances upon the inner margin of its anterior extremity, and terminated by a slender hook curved inwardly. The labrum is comparatively small, whilst the maxillae are stout. The palpi are slender, and composed of five joints. The first joint is very small, incon- spicuous ; the second is the longest and the most slender of all ; the third is somewhat larger than the first, the fourth lar- ger than the third, and the fifth larger than the fourth, which is swollen and sub-concave beneath, provided with two min- ute hooks inserted upon two tubercles. In the female the palpi are slenderer than in the male, and the last joint is simple and longer than the third. If he legs are l° n g a °d slender, composed of six joints : the nind pair is the longest; the first pair is the next in length ; the third pair is the shortest. The third joint is the smallest in the four pairs ; the first joint is the next in length, and the stoutest ; the second pair is the longest in the three anterior pair ; the fifth comes next, then the fourth and sixth. In the posterior pair the fifth joint is the longest ; then the second ; then the fourth and sixth. The fusi, four in number, are short, intimately grouped, and com- posed of a single joint. The whole surface of the body and legs, above and below, is densely covered with short hairs. The color above is uniform grayish brown. The abdomen, cephalothorax, and first joint of legs beneath, are deep black. The second, third, and fourth joints are of the color of the up- per parts upon their middle, and black near their articulations. The fifth and sixth joints are almost entirely black. The ex- tremity of the cheliceras and palpi are black beneath. When the hairy covering is removed, the color is a uniform chestnut- brown. The color may present some variations ; thus in the notes of Captain Marcy one is described as having " the back brown, belly dirty white, head and legs red." One specimen preserved in alcohol exhibits a reddish band down the middle of the cephalothorax, and two black vittae, one on each side of the abdomen. The cephalothorax neahbte 254 APPENDIX F. — -ARACHNIDIANS* is reddish ; and on the abdomen there are two elliptical light, spots. Specimens were collected the 16th of May on the open prairie, between camps 1 and 2 ; and on the 19th of June, on Canadian river, Arkansas. Plate XVI, fig. 4, represents the trophi, showing the labrum (I,) the maxillae (m,) the palpi (p,) and chelicerae (c.) Fig 5 exhibits the disposition of the ocelli. II. TARANTULID^E. Thelyphonus excubitor, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVII, fig. 1-4. Spec. char. — Blackish brown above, deep chestnut be- neath ; upper surface of body and legs minutely granular ; beneath smooth, with scattered minute imprinted dots. First and second articles of the palpkfcery granular, remaining ones with a few granules and numerous imprinted dots. Caudal appendage very much developed, and composed of about fifty joints. Description. — There is a very great resemblance between this species and T. giganteus.* The only striking difference which exists between them is to be found in the structure of the palpi and in the length of the caudal appendage. The cephalothorax is elongated, narrowest anteriorly, where it assumes almost a triangular shape. Its posterior margin is subtruncated, slightly concave in the middle. The central portion of the anterior third of the cephalothorax presents a perfectly plane surface, with a medial furrow, as it were, whilst posteriorly it is depressed, and sloping towards the margins, the surface showing shallow depressions, one upon the middle line, and more regular than the lateral one. Near the anterior extremity, and in a subcircular depression on each side of the medial, smooth, and rounded elevation, are found the ocelli, circular, large and black. In advance of these ocelli, the rostrum is almost abruptly truncated, as seen in the centre of fig. 3. From the anterior ocelli to the lateral ones extends a linear series of granules, terminating upon the tuber- * See Guerin's Magazin de Zoologie, 1835, Class VIII, for an illustrated mo- nograph of the genus Thelyphonus by H. Lucas. APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 255 culous elevations, upon which are seen three yellowish ocelli grouped, as exhibited in fig. 2. The chelicerse are robust, but very slightly bent, composed of one large joint and a conical, curved, and acute spine, to the inner side of which are attached brushes of quite elongated and reddish setae. Palpi long and robust, in the shape of arms, and composed of six joints. The first joint is seen only from below (fig. 4, a,) and exhibits a subtriangular and flat surface, terminated anteriorly by a conical point, The second joint is smaller than the first, scarcely to be seen viewed from below, but developed upon its upper surface into a flattened and irregular disk, provided upon its anterior margin with five conical spines, varying in size : seen in front, (fig. 3, b,) it is elevated almost vertically from the horizontal position of the first. The third joint is the longest of all, slightly curved, and provided inwardly with two minute spines — one above, the other below. The fourth joint is somewhat shorter than the third, but is much longer than broad, subcylindrical, slightly bent, and provided at its inner, anterior, and upper edge with a prominent, conical, and straight spine. The fifth joint is of the length of the fourth, but slenderer, and provided anteriorly with a stout and shorter spine. Finally, the sixth joint is a subcorneal and spiny processus, moving against the spine of the fifth joint, constituting a forceps, and used as such to seize prey. The thoracic appendages (feet) are long and slender, especially the anterior and posterior pairs. The anterior pair may be readily distinguished from the three others, in not being provided with hooks upon their extremity. Its function is rather that of a pair of palpi than that of ambulatoiy organs. The first and second joints are short and stout ; the third, fourth, and fifth long and slender; the fourth and fifth almost equal in length, and longer than the third. Eight small joints, together equal in length to the third, terminate these appen- dages. The three others are constructed upon the same plan, all having nine joints and terminal hooks, generally two in number. The first, second, and third joints are similar to those of the anterior pair; the third, however, is the longest; the fourth is but a little longer though slenderer than the se- cond, and slightly curved; the fifth is much slenderer and a little shorter than the third. Next come four small joints, to- gether smaller in length than the fifth, and provided upon their anterior margin with minute spines. The second of these four,* or the seventh in the series, is the longest of the four ; the third is the smallest ; the first and fourth are equal in 256 APPENDIX F. ARACHNID1ANS. length, the latter much slenderer. Two hook-like and slen- der spines terminate these organs The abdomen is longer than the cephalothorax, oval in shape, though depressed, and composed of eight very distinct segments and a half, the anterior one. The stigmatiform bodies are quite conspicuous above (seven pairs) and below, (four pairs.) The anterior half segment is not seen from below. The seventh segment exhibits laterally a second pair of stigmatiform bodies, less conspicuous, however, than the others. The posterior segment has also faint traces of an analogous pair. The two first caudal rings are very narrow ; the third is as large as the two others together. The filiform appendage is very long, and composed of about fifty joints. The upper surface of the cephalothorax and abdomen is covered with minute granules extending over the palpi, being particularly dense on the three first articles, and over the three first joints of the thoracic appendages also. Minute impunctures are seen upon the remaining articles and joints, and also scattered upon the inferior surface of the appendages and body. Minute setae are scattered over the appendages of the cephalothorax and abdomen, more densely towards their extremities. The color is uniform blackish brown above, and deep chest- nut beneath. One specimen of this animal was collected. Plate XVII, fig. 1, represents, seen from above, Thelypho- nus excubitor the size of life. Fig. 2 gives the position, number, and relative size of the ocelli. Fig. 3 is a front view, exhibiting in the centre the chelicerae and the three first articles (a, b, c) of the palpi. Fig. 4 represents the anterior portion of the cephalothorax from below : a, first article, b, second article, and c, third article of the palpi ; and d, anterior pair of feet. HI. SCORPIONIDiE. Although the collections made in the valley of Red river contained no specimen of this group of arachnides, we have brought them here to notice, satisfied as we are that they exist in that locality. Scorpions are found in the southern Atlantic States, all along the Gulf of Mexico, through Texas and New Mexico to California, and through Louisiana to Arkansas. APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. 257 1. Scorpio (Telegonus) boreus, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVII, figs. 5-7. Spec. char. — Body greenish yellow ; thoracic and caudal appendages yellowish. Lateral ocelli in close contiguity ; posterior one the smallest. Median ocelli situated on the sides of an elongated and black elevation. Chelicerse termi- nated by a serrated claw. Palpi robust, shorter than the body. Caudal appendage as long as the body, the spine ex- cepted. Abdominal comb with eighteen lamina?. Description. — The general form of the body is fusiform, anteriorly and posteriorly tapering. The cephalothorax proper is subquadrilateral, longer than broad, narrower anteriorly than posteriorly ; both of these extremities linear ; lateral margin somewhat undulated. Its surface is carved with a few undulating grooves, giving to the rest an undulated ap- pearance; and over the whole, minute granules. The median ocelli are black, situated a little in advance of the middle of the length of the thorax, and placed on the sides of an elon- gated, little, and black eminence, divided longitudinally by a groove. The lateral ocelli are set close together, and situated near the anterior margin of the cephalothorax ; the posterior one is much the smallest : they are represented with their relative proportions in fig. 7. The chelicerse are stout, two- jointed, the second being the largest, and is terminated by a minutely serrated claw ; the palpi are five-jointed ; the first joint is short and stout, and fulfils the function of jaws without denticulation. The second is the smallest. The third and fourth are more elongated ; the third a little longer than the fourth. They are angular, the angles being margined with dense tows of minute granules. The fifth joint or hand (carpus) is stout and swollen, exhibiting eight undulating ribs, (four above and four below,) upon which is a row of minute granules. Two rows above and below are seen extending along the spiny immovable processus of the hand, constituting, with a movable spine, a slender chela or claw, slightly curved inwards. Scattered setse may be seen on the whole length of the palpi, and also on the thoracic appendages, (feet.) " The latter are slender; the fourth pair is the longest; the first pair the smallest, the second and third pairs being of intermediate proportions ; the second longer than the first, and the third longer than the second. They are all flattened, seven-jointed, and terminated by minute hooks. The third joint is in every 17 258 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. one the longest and most slender; the fifth, sixth, and seventh are small, the seventh being the smallest of all. There are generally three terminal hooks ; occasionally minute spines may be seen near the articulation of the sixth and seventh joints. The first joint is the stoutest, and in the first pair of these appendages it has something to do with mastication, functioning perhaps as a lower lip. The abdominal combs are slender and elongated, and composed of a transverse tri- articulated piece, and of eighteen little laminas attached to it. The dorso-abdominal shields, seven in number, increase in size from forwards backwards, the anterior one being the narrowest of all. Their surface exhibits minute granules not very conspicuous. There are only five ventral shields, nearly equal in size ; the posterior one somewhat different in shape, and not provided with stigmata. The caudal appendage (tail) is as long as the body, and composed of five joints and a poison bag. The two first joints are the smallest, the fifth being the longest ; the poison bag is swollen up and provided with a slightly curved and acute hollow spine. The upper part of each joint is concave or grooved, whilst the inferior part is convex. They are carinated, and rows of conspicuous granules are observed along the carinae. The color- of the body above is uniform greenish yellow ; the thoracic appendages (feet) are yellowish, whilst the palpi and caudal appendage (tail) reflect a reddish shade upon the yellow ground. The specimen figured was collected in the valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, by Captain Howard Stansbury. A much smaller specimen was brought from Eagle Pass, Texas, by Mr. Arthur Schott, of the United States and Mex- ican boundary. Plate XVI, fig. 5, represents, size of life, S. ( Telegonus) horeus seen from above. Fig. 6 is a view from beneath, to show the abdominal combs, first abdominal segment, and origin of fourth and third pairs of feet. Fig. 7 represents the distribution of the ocelli. 2. Scorpio (Atreus) californicus, Girard. General form of body and appendages slender when com- pared to the preceding species. The tail is almost twice the length of the body ; there is not the same disproportion of length between the first and second joints and the remaining APPENDIX F. — -ARACHNIDIANS. 259 ones. The carinae and rows of granules are much less con- spicuous. The cephalothorax and dorso-abdominal shields exhibit carinae and rows of granules not only on the palpi, but likewise on the feet. Rows of granules may be seen along the angular projections or carinas. The chelae are much slen- derer, the hand (carpus) and poison bag much smaller. An exceedingly minute spine may be observed on the poison bag under the sting. The lateral ocelli are situated more anteriorly, more apart from each other, and equal amongst themselves. The abdominal combs are composed of twenty laminae. Color light brown ; palpi and tail deeper ; upper part of abdomen blackish, with a median light vitta. One specimen was collected in California and presented by Dr. Stone to the Smithsonian Institution. 3. Scorpio (Atreus) sayi, Girard. SYN.—Butkus vittatus, Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. II, 1821, 61. _ Upon a close examination of several specimens of this spe- cies obtained from western Florida, we satisfied ourselves that it belongs to the subgenus Atreus instead of Buthics, in which k was placed by Thomas Say. It so happens that the specific name of vittatus has since been given by Guerin to another South American species of scorpions ; and if we propose here to replace Say's specific name, against the received law of priority, we would remark that when full grown, the vittae entirely disappear, and the color becomes uniform deep reddish brown, the legs and under surface being- lighter. In this species the tail is once and a half the length of the body. The palpi, are proportionally small, and in the young exiguous. The chelae are slender, slightly curved, with an undulation at their base, but without marked denticu- lations. _ The upper surface is finely granular. There are from thirty to thirty-two laminae to the abdominal combs. "Fuscous, with three fulvous vittae, sides black," applies strictly to the immature state. Specimens of this species were sent from Pensacola, Flor- ida, to the Smithsonian Institution, by Dr. Jeffrey, U. S. N., and Dr. J. F. Hammond, U. S. A. A species very closely allied, if not identical wtih Scorpio (Atreus) sayi, is not uncommon in Texas, where several spe- cimens were collected by Lieut. D. N. Couch, U. S. A. 260 APPENDIX F. ARACHNIDIANS. IV. PSEUDOSCORPIONIM. Observations upon Galeodes subulata op Thomas Say. Two species of this genus are described by the same author in Major Long's Expedition;* one under the name of Galeodes pallvpes, the other under that of G. subulata, the only difference between them consisting in the structure of the chelicerse, which in G. pallipes are terminated by arcuated claws, armed within with many robust teeth, whilst in G. subu- lata the upper claw is nearly rectilinear, and the lower one alone possessed with two robust teeth. Having but one individual of this genus at our command, we are not prepared to decide upon the question of the valid- ity of both species. The specimen before us answers to Say's characters of G. subulata; and being perfectly satisfied that it belongs to the latter species, we propose to describe it a little more at length than w T as done by its discoverer. The entire length, from the tip of the chelicerae to the end of the abdomen, is one inch and a quarter, the abdomen itself forming about one-half of that length. The cephalothorax is composed of three distinct segments ; the anterior one much the largest, giving points of attachment to the parts of the mouth, to the palpi, and the two anterior pairs of legs ; to the second thoracic segment is attached the third pair of legs, and to the third segment the fourth pair. The anterior seg- ment of cephalothorax, seen from above, is subrhomboidal and smooth. At its anterior margin are situated the two ocelli, separated from each other by a deep groove. The chelicerae are very stout, and composed of one single joint densely covered with setose hairs, and terminated each by two spines, one above (finger of some authors,) rigid, and another below (the thumb,) moving vertically against the upper. The latter is compressed, acute, almost rectilinear, and smooth ; the inferior one is subcorneal, curved upwards, acute towards the point, and provided at its base inwardly with two spiny small processes. The palpi are proportion- ally robust, stouter and longer than the three anterior pairs of legs ; somewhat shorter than the fourth pair, but of a stouter * Account of an expedition from Pittsburg to the Rocky Mountains, performed in trie years 1819 and '20. Vol. II, 1823, p. 3. APPENDIX F. AEACHNIDIANS. 261 appearance, as all the joints, four in number (the maxillas ex- cepted) preserve the same diameter. They are covered on their whole length with hairs similar to those on the chelicerae. The maxillas are subtriangular, provided only with brushes of hairs. The next joint (the joint of the palpi) is very small and triangular ; the second is the longest ; the third is the next in length ; then the fourth, the tip of which exhibits a minute smooth tuberculifbrm knob. The first pair of legs is the most slender of the thoracic appendages, and about the length of the third pair ; the basal joint is quite short ; the second is the shortest of all ; the third is the longest ; the fourth, fifth, and sixth smaller in the order enumerated. The last joint terminates like the palpi, bluntly. This anterior pair of legs is called by some second pair of paljn, upon the ground that their structure is most alike. The three remain- ing pairs of thoracic appendages are seven-jointed, thus com- posed of one joint more than in the first pair and palpi, and furthermore terminated by two minute curved claws. The first, second, and third joints are short, stoutish, and subequal ; the remaining are longer and slenderer, the fourth beino- the longest, and the other diminishing gradually. They are cov- ered upon their whole length with hairs similar to those which cover the palpi, but perhaps less densely so. The abdomen is subovoid, being a Utile depressed ; it is densely hairy above and below, and composed, as usual, of nine segments or annuli . Collected on June the 10th. 262 APPENDIX P.— MYRIAPODS. MYRIAPODS. BY CHARLES GIRARD. 1. Scolopendra heros, Girard. Zoology, PI. XVIII. Spec. char. — Twenty-one pairs of grallatory appendages, composed of five segments of articulations, and a conical ter- minal spine, more or less curved. Back bicarinated; beneath, flat and grooved. Antennas composed of twenty-five joints ; color uniform dark-reddish brown : lighter beneath. Description. — The general form of the body is depressed, subconcave above, flat beneath. It is composed of twenty- one annuli, segments or rings, each of which bears one pair of locomotory appendages, (feet.) The middle region of the back presents a slight double carina and last segment. The intermediate area is rather flattened, whilst each running parallel the whole length of the body, very faint on the first side, is gently sloping towards the exterior margin. At the inferior surface, two longitudinal furrows or grooves may be seen extending the whole length of the body, and dividing the abdominal disk into three almost equal parts. The stigmata are transversely elongated, and situated immediately beneath the lateral margin of the dorsal shields of each segment. The insertion of the locomotory appendages takes place imme- diately above the lateral margin of the abdominal shields of each segment. The locomotory appendages are as numerous as the segments of the body — twenty-one pairs constructed alike ; that is to say, composed of five joints and a curved terminal spine. A minute spine may occasionally be seen at the anterior margin of the fourth and fifth joints. The third and fourth joints are longer than the first and second ; the fifth is always the smallest : these organs are tapering rapidly towards their extremity. In the caudal pair, the first and APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 263 second articles or joints are longer than the third and fourth ; the first one is moreover, provided with a spiny process along its inner margin. Its general shape and directing distinguishes it, likewise, from all the other pairs. The second segment is quite short, the shortest of all, and contrasts strangely with the others, which preserve regular proportions, gradually diminishing from the middle of the length towards both extremities, with but few exceptions. The first segment or ring is one of these, being the shortest after the second ; its anterior margin is subcrescentic, the concavity of which receives the cephalic shield or disk (head.) Besides the anterior pair of locomotory appendages, it gives a point of attachment to a pair of robust and two-jointed forceps, functioning as a pair of jaws for seizing and holding the prey. The central piece" is large and subtriangular, the anterior margin of which is denticulated, (the second lip of some authors. That second or external lip (labrum) is formed by the union of two pieces, which are separate in the young, where they constitute a third joint to the forceps jaws, the second lip then being also separate, and existing as a limina already denticulated anteriorly. The next joint is short and stout ; fhe second is a conical and tapering spine, curved in- wardly and perforated, as it is well known, for the passage •of a venomous fluid, not otherwise dangerous. The cephalic disk itself, seen from above, is subcircular in shape, projecting slightly between the antennas, and showing upon its surface traces of the dorsal carinas alluded to above. To its inferior surface we find attached two pairs of mandibles and one pair of palpi. In proceeding from outwards inwards, we will find immediately behind the forceps-jaws the palpi, (little feet, sometimes called,) composed of four flattened joints and a minute, curved, and terminal hooks. They are united at their base by the means of two additional central pieces. The second joint is the longest, and slightly bent. The exterior pair of mandibles, the one next to the palpi, is composed of four joints, the first being almost as long as the three remain- ing ones ; the fourth is rounded, presenting an inner concave surface with a sharp terminal margin. They are united upon their middle by a lanceolated ligula. The inner pair of man- dibles is composed of two pieces ; the first irregularly shaped, the second subcircular concave, subcircular and margined anteriorly by small spines, four or five in number, constituting a denticulated margin. In the anterior margin of the cephalic disk are inserted the 264 APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. | antennae composed of twenty-five joints gradually dimin- ishing in thickness, and increasing in length towards the extremity, which is filiform. Exteriorly to the antennae, and close to the margin of the disk, are situated the ocelli, four on each side, as usual in the genus, and disposed as represen- ted in figure 5. The inferior surface of the last ring differs from the others in having a much smaller shield, and in being provided on each side with a stout, subcorneal spine, directed backwards. An immature specimen, one-third of the length of the one figured, has the same number of segments or annuli, the same number of feet, and the same general structure. One individual of this species was collected on the 15th of June, at Sweet-water creek ; others were found in July, be- tween the south fork of Red river and Otter creek. Plate XVIII, fig. 1, represents Scolopendra heros size of life, seen from above. Fig. 2, the head from below. Fig. 3, posterior extremity from below. Fig. 4, a medial segment to show the attachment of feet. Fig. 5, disposition of ocelli on left side. 2. Julus grnatus, Girard. Spec. char. — Ground-color bluish black j segments nar- rowly margined posteriorly with reddish; anterior margin of segments rather blue, whilst the middle is rather black, thus giving the appearance of three rings of color. The anterior portion, which is covered by the articulation, is fulvous. Feet deep chestnut-brown. Antennae rufous at base, blackish at tip. Stigmata not conspicuous ; marked by a series of small, obsolete blackish spots. Remarks. — -This species is allied to Julus marginatm of Say, but its body is proportionally much stouter. The ocelli are disposed upon a subtriangular space quite different in shape. The antennae themselves are slenderer in propor- tions. The labrum (upper lip) is also less emarginated than in Julus marginatus, and the marginal punctures much less conspicuous. One specimen was collected on the 27th of June. APPENDIX F. MYRIAPODS. 265 3. Julus atratus, Girard. Spec. char. — Body, feet, and antennae uniform deep black- ish brown ; antennae and feet occasionally reddish, as also the labrum and anterior margin of first segment. Posterior third of each segment of a shining black. Stigmata and lateral striae beneath quite conspicuous. Remarks. — Resembles more Julus ovnatus than Julus mar- ginatus in the general proportions of the body, but in the structure of the antennae and labrum comes nearer to Julus marginatum. Specimens of this species were collected at Prairie Mer Rouge, Louisiana, by James Fairiej esq., and sent to the Smithsonian Institution. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. DESCRIPTION OF THE PLANTS COLLECTED DURING THE EX- PEDITION : BY DR. JOHN TORREY. No. 96, St. Mark's Place, New York, August 10, 1853. Dear Sir : I have examined the collection of plants that you brought from the headwaters of the Red river, towards the Rocky mountains. The flora of this region greatly resem- bles that of the upper portion of the Canadian. It is remark- able that there occur among your plants several species that were first discovered by Dr. James, in Long's Expedition, and have not been found since until now. Your collection is an interesting addition to the geography of North American plants, and serves to mark more clearly the range of many western species. For particular remarks on the rarer plants, and descriptions of the new species, I refer you to the accom- panying list. At your request I have had some of the rarer plants drawn and engraved, to illustrate your report to Congress. I am, dear sir, Yours truly, JOHN TORREY. Captain R. B. Marcy. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. RANUCULACEvE. 267 Clematis Pitcheri, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 10. Witchita Mountains; fl. and fir. July 17. Anemone Caroliniana, Walt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 12. Sources of the Trinity River ; May 3. Delphinium azureum, Michx. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 32. Main Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 8— June 16. PAPAVERACE^E. Argemone Mexicana, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 61. C«mmon on the upper waters of the Red River ; May — June 16. CRUCIFER.E. Vesicaria angustifolia, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 101 ; Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 145. Sources of the Trinity River ; fl. and fr. May 3. V. stenophylla, Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 149 ; and PL Wright. 1, p. 10, and 2, p. 13. North Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 14. Pithyrjea Wislizeni, Engelm., in Wisliz. inMex., p. 95; Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 10, and 2, p. 14. Abundant on the headwaters of the Red River ; June 23— July 14. The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy vary considerably in the leaves, which are often nearly entire. The flowers also vary in size ; the petals being sometimes nearly one-third of an inch in length. The silicles are larger than in specimens collected in New Mexico by Mr. Wright and Dr. Ed- wards. They are by no means always deeply emarginate at the base, and some- times they are slightly notched at the summit. Streptanthus hyacinthoides, Hook., in Bot. Mag., t. 3516 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 78 ; Gray, Gen. 111., t. 61. Witchita Mountains to the boun- dary of the Choctaw Nation ; fl. May 31 — June 4. CAPPARIDACE.E. Polanisia graveolens, R,af. ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 123, and SuppL, p. 669. Witchita Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 16. The pods are on a short stipe, and the seeds are more or less rough. 268 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. CARYOPHYLL ACE JE . Silene Antirrhina, Linn., Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 191. On the Main Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 8. Paronychia Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 170 ; Gray, Pi. Fendl., p. 14. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22. PORTULACACE^. Talinum teretifolium, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 365 ; Gray, Gen. 111., t. 98. Mid- dle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22, fr. July 5. MALVACE^. Malvastrum coccineum, Gray, Gen. 111., t. 121 ; PI. Fendl., p. 24. Malva coccinea, Nutt. Sida coccinea, DC. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 235. North Fork of Red River, &c. Callirrhce involucrata, Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 15, and Gen. 111., t. 117. Malva involucrata, Torr. and Gr., FL, p. 226. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22. C digitata, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 181 ; Gray, 1, c. Fort Belk- nap. LINACE.E. Linum Berlandieri, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3480 ; Entrelm. in Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 25. Cache creek, and Cross-timbers of the Red River ; May. L. Boottii, Plauch., in Lond. Jour. Bot 7, p. 475 ; Engelm., 1. c. Witchita Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 17. OXALIDACELE. Oxalis violacea, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 211. Headwaters of the Trinity River ; April 25. O. stricta, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. c. With the preceding. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 269 GERANIACE^E. Geranium Carolinianum, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl, ], p. 207. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on Cache creek ; April — May. ZANTHOXYLACE.E. - Ptelea trifoliata, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 215 ; /3 mollis. Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, Suppl., p. 680. Common on the headwaters of the Red River; fr. June 16. ANACARDIACEiE. Rhus trilobata, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 218; Gray PL Fendl., p. 28. On the Middle and North Forks of the Red river; in fruit June 1-16. R. Toxicodendron, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. With the preceding in fruit only. VITACEjE. Vitis rupertris, Scheele, in Linnsca, 21, p. 591 ; Gray, PI. Lindh., 2, p. 165. Witchita Mountains ; abundant. The fruit was immature, but had at- tained nearly its full size in the middle of July. They are said to be ripe in August, when they are about the size of large peas, of a deep purple color, and agreeable to the taste. This species much resembles the summer grape of the Atlantic States. SAPINDACEiE. Sapindus marginatus, Willd. ; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 1, 255 ; Gray, Gen. 111., 2, t. 180. Main Fork of Red River. This is generally known in Texas and Arkansas by the name of Wild China. It is a tree, and attains the height of 20 feet, with a trunk 10 inches in dia- meter. The wood is of a yellow color. POLYGALACE.E. Polygala alba, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 87 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 38. P. Bey- richii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 670. On Suydam Creek, North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 6. 270 APPENDIX G-— BOTANY. P. incarnata, Linn ; Torr. and Gr. 1, p. 129. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. and fr. July 23. This species has not hitherto been found so far west. KRAMERIACE.E. Krameria lanceolata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2 p. 168 ; Gray, Gen. III., 2, t. 185. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on the Middle Fork of the Red River ; fl. May 4-22. LEGUMINOSiE. Vicia micrantha, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 271. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River ; 11. and fr. May 16-22. Rhynchosia TOMENTOSA,"var. volubilis, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 285. Tribu- taries of the Washita River ; fl. July 26. Tephrosia Virginiana, Pers. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 295. Witchita Mountains and upper waters of Red River ; fl. June 4, fr. July 23. Glyctrrhiza'lepidota, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 106 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298. Main and North Forks of the Red River ; fl. June 6, fr. June 26. Indigofera leptosefala, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 298. With the preceding ; fl. May 26-June 6. Psoralea esculenta, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475, t. 22. Mouth of Cache Creek and Witchita Mountains ; May. P. Argophtlla, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 475 ; Hook. Fl. Bor.— Am. 2, p. 136, t. 53. North and Middle Forks of Red River ; fl. May 26-31. P. floribunda, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl 1, p. 300. Sources of the Red River ; fl. June 2-9. Petalostemon violaceum, Michx., Fl. 2, p. 50, t. 37, f. 2 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 310. With the preceding ; June 2-7. Petalostemon gracile, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 7, p. 92; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. .309. Cache Creek ; May 18. P. multiflorum, Nutt., 1. c. ; Torr. and Gr., 1. c. On the Witchita Mount- ains ; fl. and fr. July 15. APPENDIX a. BOTANY. 271 Petalostemon villosum, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 85 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 310. Cache creek ; June 14 ; flowers not yet expanded. Dalcba aurea, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 308 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 41. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 5. D. lanata, Spreng. Syst. 3, p. 327. D. lanuginosa, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 307. Big Witchita and on the Main Fork of the Red River ; fl. June 27. D. laxsflora, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 741 ; Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 101 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 307. D. pencillata, Moricand, PI. Nouv. Amer., t. 45. Common on all the upper waters of the Red River ; May- July. Amorpha canescens, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 92 ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 306. Witchita Mountains ; fl. May 30. Astragalus Nuttal-lianus, DC. Prodr. 2, p. 289 ; Torr. and Gr. 2, p. 234. Upper waters of the Red River ; fl. and fr. May 5. The flowers are larger than usual in this species. A. cartocarpus, Ker. Bot. Reg., t, 176 ; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 331. Head- waters of the Trinity. May 2 ; in flower only. Oxytropis Lamberti, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 740 ; Torr. and Gr.', FL 1, p. 339, With the preceding; fl. in May. Desmodium sessilifolium, Torr. and Gr. 1, p. 363. Witchita Mountains. The specimens of this plant collected by Captain Marcy are in a state of remark- able fasciation. The branches of the panicle are coalesced (sometimes almost to the summit) into a broad flat mass, which is covered with sessile flowers and fruit. Clitoria Mariana, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 290 ; Torr., FL N. York, 1, p. 163, t. 24. On the Washita ; fl. July 27. Baptisia australis, R. Br. ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 385. Sources of the Red River : fl. and fr. June 6-10. B. LEucopHiEA, Nutt., Gen. 1, p, 282 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. April, fr. May. Hofpmanseggia Jamesii, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 293 ; Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 178. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. June 14-24. 272 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Cassia Cham.ecrista, Linn. , Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 395. Tributaries of the Washita ; fl. July 22. Schrankia uncinata, Willd.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 400. Mouth of Medicine River, &c. ; fl. April. Acacia lutea, Leavenw. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 403. On the Witchita Mountains ; fl. and fr. July 14. The leaves are remarkably sensitive. ROSACEA. Sanguisorba annua, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr,, Fl. 1, p. 429. Pottrium an- nuuin, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 1, p. 198. ONAGRACEiE. (Enothera ruombipetala, Nutt., in Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 493 ; Kunze, in Linnasa, 20, p. 55. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. June 24. CE. sinuata, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 294. Witchita Mountains and upper tributaries of Red River ; May- June. CE. speciosa, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 119 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. c. Big Witchita ; fl. May 8. Middle Fork of the Red River ; fr. June 21. OE. lavandul.ef olia, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 501 ; Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. 6, p. 223 ; Gray, PL Wright. 1, p. 72. Big Witchita and North Fork of Red River ; fl. May 8, fr. June 6. The leaves in all our specimens of this rare spe- cies are nearly glabrous, about one inch and a half long, and 2-3 lines wide, with the apex rather acute. The fruit is well described by Hooker, (1. c.) CE. serulata, Nutt., Gen. 1, p. 246; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 501. Com- mon on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May- June. Gaura coccinea, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 249 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 518. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 6. G. villosa, Torr. Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 200; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 518 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 73. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 14. The ripe fruit is not always reflexed. It is (including the stripe) about 7 lines long, ovate, strongly tetraquetrous, abruptly contracted at the base, and 2-4-seeded ; the seeds more or less imbricated. APPENDIX G. BOTANYo 273 LOASACEiE, Mentzelia nuda, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 535 ; Gray, PL FendL, p. 47, and PI. Wright. 1, p. 73 ; Bartonia nuda, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 297. Witchita Mount- ains ; fl. June 22. CUCURBITACEJL Cucurbita perennis, Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 193 ; and Wright. PL 2, p. 60. Cfatidissima, H. B. and Kunth? Cucumis perennis, James, in Long% Exped, 2, p. 20 ; Torr. and Gr. Fl. 1, p. 543. North Fork of the Platte ; fl. June 6. Although the cultivated plant seems to be dioecious not unpleasant to the smell, Mr. Wright says, (vide Gray, 1. c.) that in a wild state it is " certainly monoe- cious, and exhales an unpleasant smell when bruised ;" so that it does not differ from the description of C.foetidissima, except that the latter is said by Kunth to be an annual, which may be a mistake. The flowers are as large as those of the common pumpkin. Sictdium, sp. nov? Fruit 1| inch in diameter, globose, sessile. Seeds ^ larger than in S. Lindheimeri, and more turgid. On the Main Fork of Red River ; fr. July 11. GROSSULACEJL Ribes aureum, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 164 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 552. North Fork of Red River ; fr. June 4. UMBELLIFERyE. Ertngium diffusum, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 207 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 603. Witchita Mountains ; fl. June 14. This rare species has not been found before, since it was first discovered by Dr. James, more than thirty years ago. It is rather doubtful whether it is diffuse, except, perhaps, when it is old. The specimens of Captain Marcy are less branched than the original one from which the description in the Flora of North America was drawn. Leptocaulis echinatus, Nutt., in DC. Prodr. 4, p. 107 ; Torr. and Gr., FL 1, p. 609. Headwaters of the Trinity ; April 2. PolytjEnia Nuttatlii, DC. Umb , p. 53, t. 13, and Prodi. 4, p. 196 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1, p. 533. Middle Fork of Red River; fl. June 1. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 16. 18 274 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Euryt^enia Texana, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 1. p. 633. Main Fork of Red River ; fr. June 11. This plant has hitherto been found only by the late Mr. Drummond, who discovered it in Texas more than twenty years ago. It is an annual, about two feet high ; the fine stride of the stem and branches are rough- ened upward, with minute points. The umbels are compound and spreading. Flowers minute. Petals white, broadly orbicular, waved on the margin, deeply emarginate, with an inflexed point. Fruit about one-third larger than in Drum- mond 's Texan specimen. RUBIACE^. Gldenlandia angustifolia, Gray, PI. Wright. 2, p. 68. Houstonia angus- tifolia, Mich. Fl. 1, p. 85 ; Hedyotis stenophylla, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 41. Tributaries of the Main Fork of Red River ; fl. May — June. VALERIANCE^. Fedia radiata, 0. leiocarpa, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p, 52. Upper Red River. COMPOSITE. Liatris squarrosa, Willd. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 68 ; Sweet Fl. Gard., t. 44. Tributaries of the Washita River ; fl. July 22—24. L. acidota, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh., p. 10 ; Gray PI. Wright. 1, p. 83. L. mucronata, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 70 ; not of DC. On the Wa- shita ; July 27. Solidago odori, Nutt. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 219. Witchita Moun- tains ; July 16. S. Missouriensis, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 7, p. 32, and Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 327 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 222. With the prece- ding. Artemisa filifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 211 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, 417. Upper tributaries of the Red River ; May. An abundant shrub, of a grayish white aspect, with numerous branches, and crowded, slender leaves. This is one of the numerous species called sage by the hunters. It is found from the plains of the Upper Missouri to the Valley of the Rio Grande, and west to the Colorado. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 275 Achillea millefolium, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., PI. 2, p. 409. With the preceding. It is the woolly form that almost exclusively occurs west of the Mississippi. Zinnia grandiflora, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 348 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 298 ; Torr. in Emory's Rep., t. 4, Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 81. Main Fork of Red River ; fl. July 2. Riddellia tagetina, Nutt. 1. c, p. 371; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 362; Torr. in Emory's Rep., t. 5 ; Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 93. Main Fork of Red River ; June 25 — July 8. The pappus is more hyaline and acute than in speci- mens from other localities in my herbarium. It is also slightly lacerate at the tip, showing something of a transition to R. arachnoidea. The leaves, too, are more woolly and broader than in the more common form of the plant. Rudbeceia hirta, Linn. ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 307. Witchita Mountains ; fl. June 1. Is R. bicolor distinct from this species? Dr. Gray re- marks, (Plant. Lindh. 2. p. 227,) that in cultivation, the purple brown of the rays is commonly obsolete or wanting in all the later heads. Echinacea angustifolia, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 554 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 306. Witchita Mountains ; June 1. Lepachts columnaris, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 315. Rudbeckia columnaris, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 575. Common on all the tributaries of the Red River : June. Helianthus petiolaris, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 115 ; Sweet Brit. FL Gard. (n. ser.) t. 75. With the preceding. Gaililardia pulchella, Foug. ; DC. Prodr. 5, p. 652 ; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 366. Common on the upper tributaries of the Red River ; May — June. Palafoxia callosa, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 369. Stevia callosa, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Philad. 2, p. 121 ; Bart. Fl. Amer. Sept., t. 46. ftfoliis latioribus. Tributaries of the Washita ; June. Htmenopappcs corymbosus, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 372. H. Engclmmmi- anus, Kunth. 276 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. Actinella linearifolia, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 383. Hymenoxys lineari- folia, Hook. Witchita mountains ; May 30. tsHALLiA caespitosa, Nutt. in DC. Prodr. 5, p. 680 ; Hook. Bot. t. 3704; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 391. Headwaters of the Trinity river; May. Aphanostephus ramosissimus, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 310 ; Gray, PI. Wright. 1, p. 93. Jl. Riddellii, Torr. and Gr. Fl. 2, p. 189. Egletes ramosissima, Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 71. Little Witchita and upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. The tube of the disk flowers is indurated in all the specimens. Engelmannia pinnatifida, Torr. and Gr. s in Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 343 ; and Fl. 2, p. 283. Witchita Mountains ; May 30. Melampodium cinereum, DC. Prodr. 5, p. 518; Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 78: M ramosissimum, DC. 1. c, Torr. and Gr. Fl. 2, p. 271. M. lencanthum, Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Cache Creek ; June 21. A variable species. Chrtsopsis canescens, Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 256 ; Gray, PI. Fendl., p. 77. Main Fork of Red River ; July 8. C. hispida, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 22, (under Diplopappus ;) DC. Prodr. 7, p. 279 ; Torr. and Gr. 1. c. Centaurea Americana, Nutt. in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 117 ; Bart. Fl. Amer. — Sept., t. 50 ; Torr. and Gray, Fl. 2, p. 453. Tributaries of the upper Red River ; June — July. Cirsium undulatum, Spreng.; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 456. With the pre- ceding. Ptrrhopappus Carolinianus, DC. Prodr. 7. p. 144 ; Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil Soc. (n. ser.) 7, p. 430. Headwaters of the Trinity and on Cache Creek : May. Lygodesmia juncea, Don.; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 295, t. 103; Torr. and Gr., Fl. 2, p. 484. Upper tributaries of the Red River; June. The lower branches are covered at the base with tubers or galls, about the size of cherry- stones, produced by the stings of insects. APPENDIX G.- — BOTANY. 277 L. aphylla, DC. Prodr. 7, p. 198 ; Torr. and Gr., PI. 2, p. 485. Texana, Torr. and Gr. 1. c. North Fork of Red River ; June 16. The numerous radi- cal leaves are 3-4 inches long, runcinately pinnatifid. Achenia angular, dis- tinctly tapering upward. ASCLEPIADACEJL Ascelpias tueerosa, Linn.; Michx Fl. 1, p. 117 ; Sweet. Brit. Fl. Gard., {ser. 2,) t. 24 ; Decaisne, in DG Prodr. 8, p. 567. Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 123. Upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. The leaves vary from ■ovate and amplexicaul to narrowly linear. A. speciosa, Torr. in Ann. Lye. 2, p. 218, and in Fremont's First R.ep., p. 95. A. Douglasii, Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 53, t. 142 ; Decaisne, 1. c. Witchita Mountains to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; fl. June — July ; flowers larger than in any other North American species of Asclepias. Acerates paniculata, Decaisne, L c. p. 521 ; Asclepias viridis, Walt., FL Carol, p. 107? Jlnantherix paniculatus, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 202. Cache Creek and Middle Fork of Red River, fl. May 16, fr. June. A. decumbens, Decaisne, 1. c. Jlnantherix decumbens, Nutt. 1. c. Cache Creek ; fl. May 17. The follicles oblong, not muricate. A. amgustifolia, Decaisne, 1. c. Polyotus angustifolius, Nutt. 1. c. Branch of Cache Creek ; fl. May 17. A. viridiflora, Ell. sk. 1, p. 317 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 124 ; Decaisne, L c. Asclepias viridiflora, Pursh. Fl. 1, p. 181 ; Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2, p. 53, t. 143. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 4. The specimens collected by Cap- tain Marcy belong to the broad-leaved forms of the plant. Enslenia albida, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 164, and in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 203 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 518. Main Fork of Red River ; not in flower. APOCYNACEiE. Apoctnum cannabinum, Linn. ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Amer. 2, p. 51, t. 139 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 439 ; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. — . Common on the upper tributaries of Red River ; May — June. 278 APPENDIX G. BOTANT?. Amsonia salicifolia, Pursh, FL 1, p. 184 ; Decaisne, in DC. Prodr. 8, p„ 385. Witchita Mountains ; fr. July 16. This is perhaps only a variety of Jl. angustifolia, Michx., and both may not be specifically distinct from A. tahernm- niontana, * GENTIAN AGE. Sabbatia campestris, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5 ? p. 167 ; Griseb., in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 50 ; Engelm. and Gr., PI. Lindh. 1, p. 15. On the Washita ; fl. and fr. July 27. Erythr;ea Beyrichii, Torr. and Gr., FL 2, ined. E. trichantka 0. angusti- folia, Griseb, 1, c. With the preceding ; fl. and fr. July 26. Eustoma Ru3shlianum, Don. ; Griseb. in DC. Prodr. 8, p. 51. Lisianthus glaucifolius, Nutt. 1. c. L. Russelianus, Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3626. Washita River to the upper tributaries of the Red River ; July. CONVGLVULACELE. Evoi.vulus pilosus, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 174, (as a synonym) ; Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 195. E, argentens, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 187; Choisy, in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 443 ; not of R. Br. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. May 22. Choisy doubtingly refers Brown's plant to JE. hirsutus, Lam., and therefore has adopted Pursh 's name. Convolvulus lobatus, Engelm., and Gray, PL Lindh. 1, p. 44 (in a note.) C. hastatus, Nutt.. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc (n. ser.) 5, p. 194 ; not of Thunb, C. Mittallii, Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 149. Middle Fork of Red River ; May 22 — June 6. This species has much the appearance of C. althseoides, Boss. C. (Ipomcea) leptophyllus, Torr., in Frem. First Report, p. 94, and in Emory's Report, p. 148, t. 11. With the preceding, C. (Ipomcea) shumardianus, (sp. nov. ;) caule gracili subpubescente ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis sursum angustatis basi acutis ; pedunculis petiolas Iongioribus sepalis ovatis obtusis. Witchita Mountains ; fl. July 17 ; flowers as large as in C. panduratus, which the plant much resembles, but differs in the form of the leaves, and in the broader and more obtuse sepals. Named in honor of Dr. G. C. Shumard, the botanical collector of the expedition. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 279 SOLANACE.E. Solanum flavidum, Toit. Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 227 ; Dunal in DC. Prodr. 13, p. 375. Cache Creek ; May. This species is not suffrutescent, as is stated in the original description, but probably annual. Mr. Wright found it on the Rio Grande. The prickles are sometimes almost wanting. S. Carolinense, Linn. ; Torr., Fl. N. York 2, p. 105; Dunal, 1. c, p. 305. Witchita Mountains and upper tributaries of the Red River ; May- June. Physalis pumila, Nutt, in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 193. With the preceding ; May- June. This species has been overlooked by Dunal in DC. Prodr. SCROPHULARIACEiE. Castilleja purpurea, G. Don. ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 531. Euchro- ma purpurea, Nutt., 1. c, p. 180. Sources of the Trinity River ; May. Penstemon grandiflorus, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, and Gen. 2, p. 53; Benth., 1. c, p. 322. P. Bradhurii, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 738. North Fork of Red River ; fl. June 3. The pedicels vary from three lines to nearly an inch in length. P. ambiguus, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 228 ; Benth., 1. c, p. 321, Witchita Mountains; June. This rare and well characterized species has lately been found by Mr. Wright on the upper Rio Grande. P. CoBiEA, Nutt., 1. c. ; Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 3465; Benth., 1. c s p. 326. Upper tributaries of the Red River ; May-June. P. pubescens, Soland. ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 35 ; Benth., 1. c. Head- waters of the Trinity. Smoothish, with narrower and more entire leaves than usual. Gerardia grandiflora, Benth., Comp. Bot. Mag., 1, p. 206. Dasystmna Drummondi, Benth., in DC. Prodr. 10, p. 521. On the Washita ; fl. July 27. 280 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. LABIATE. Monarda aristata, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 186; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 363. Main Fork of Red River ; May 24-25. Nut- tall says that this species is sometimes perennial ; but all our specimens seem to be annual. A variety was found on Cache Creek, in which the teeth of the calyx are aristate from a broad base, and strongly hispid-ciliate. The corolla is not spotted, as in the ordinary form. M. punctata, Linn. ; Benth., 1. c. ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 59. M. lutea, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 16. North and Middle Forks of Red River ; May-June. A dwarfish and annual form, in which the corolla is scarcely spotted, was found in the same region. Teucrium Cubense, Linn. ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 578. T. lacinia- tum, Torr., in Ann. Lye. New York, 2, p. 231. Cache creek and Middle Fork of Red River ; Ma) r . This species was incorrectly described by me as " fruiti- culose " in the work quoted. Scutellaria resinosa, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 232 ; Benth., in DC. Prodr. 12, p. 427. Cache Creek and Sweetwater Creek ; May 18- June 9. S. parvula, Michx., Fl. l,p. 12; Benth., 1. c: Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 71. S. ambigua, Nutt., Gen. 2, p. 37. VERBENACEiE. Lippia cuneifolia, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 234, (under ma.) Witchita Mountains, and on the Washita ; June 1-27. Schauer has overlooked this species, in his revision of Verbenacect for DC. Prodr. Verbena bipinnatifida, Engelm. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 49 ; Schauer, in DC. Prodr. 11, p. 553. Glandularia bipinnatifida, Nutt., in Jour. Acad. Phil. 2, p. 123, and in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 184. Sources of the Trinity and upper tributaries of Red River ; May-June. BORAGINACE.E. Euploca convolvulacea, Nutt., in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 190 ; DC. Prodr. 9, p. 559. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. June 23. I am now con- vinced that my E. grandijlora (Emory's Report, p. 147) is an unusually large- flowered state of the present species. The plant is abundant on the Upper Rio Grande. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 281 Eritrichium Jamesii. Myosotis suffruticosct, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 225 ; DC. Prodr. 10, p. 114. North Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. June 14. This plant had not been found, till Captain Marcy collected it, since it was dis- covered by Dr. James, in Long's Expedition. It is a genuine Eritrichium, but can hardly be referred to any one of De Candolle's sections of that genus. My description (1. c.) was drawn from old and imperfect specimens, the stems of which were indurated at the base so as to appear suffrutescent. As more com- plete specimens show the plant to be herbaceous, the former specific name is not appropriate. The allied Fendlerian species No. 636 (E. multicaule Torr. Mss.) is very hispid and canescent, with spreading hairs, and throws up several stems from a thick root or caudex. Leaves linea-spatulate and obtuse. Flow- ers on conspicuous pedicels. Fructiferous calyx broadly ovate, nearly erect ; the segments ovate-lanceolate and closed over the fruit. Nutlets truncate at the summit, very smooth and shining. POLEMONIACE^l. Phlox pilosa, Linn.; Benth, in DC. Prodr. 9, p. 305. Sources of the Trini- ty ; May. primulacej:. Dodecatheon Meadia, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 136; DC. Prodr. 8, p. 56. Sources of the Trinity ; fl. May. SANTALACEvE. Comandra umbellata, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 157 ; Hook. Fl. Bor. — Am. 2, p. 139, t. 79, f. A ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 160. Thesium umbellatum, Linn. Tributaries of the Red River ; May. There are few plants that have a wider range in latitude and longitude than this. 282 APPENDIX G. BOTANY. EUPHORBIACEiE. Euphorbia corollata, Linn.; Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 175, t. 99. On the Washita ; July. E. marginata, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 607 ; Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 224. Main Fork of Red River ; July 8. Upper part of the stem hairy. E. helioscopia, Linn.; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 174, (excl. syn. Pursh;) Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 405. Headwaters of the Trinity ; fl. May. Stillingia lanceolata, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 176. S. sylvatica 0. salicifolia, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. Middle Fork of Red River ; fl. June 4. Hendecandra Texensis, Klotsch in Erich. Arch. (1841) 1, p. 252 ; Engel. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 53. Croton muricatum, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 153. H. multiflora, Torr. in Frem. First Rep., p. 96. Mid- dle Fork of Red River ; fl. and fr. June 22. Gynamblosis monanthogtna. Engelmannia Nuttalliana, Klotsch, 1. c. Croton monanthogynum, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 215. C. ellipticum, Nutt. Gen. 2, p. 235, (excl. syn.;) Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. Main Fork of Red River ; June 24. The Engelmannia of Klotsch, which is based on Croton ellip- ticum of Nuttall, must give place to the earlier genus of the same name of Torr. and Gray. I propose for it a manuscript name given to the plant many years ago, when revising the Euphorbiaceaz of the United States. Klotsch is wrong in referring Croton monanthogynum to Hendecandra maritima. In the young specimens of Captain Marcy all the staminate flowers are 8-10 androus : and the later flowers are not unfrequently hexandrous. The petals and sepals vary from three to five. Tragia ramosa, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 245. T. angustifolia, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 172. T. brevispica, Engel. and Gray, PL Lindh. 1, p. 54. North Fork of the Red River ; June. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 283 Cnidoscolus stimulosus, Engel. and Gray, PI. Lindh. 1, p. 26. Jatropha stimulosa, Michx. Fl. 2, p. 216 ; Ell. Sk. 2, p. 649. Cache Creek ; May 17. PLANTAGENACEiE. Plantago Virginica, Linn.; Torr. Fl. New York, 2, p. 16. Headwaters of the Trinity, fl. May. P. gnaphaloides, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 100 ; Hook. Fl. Bor.— Am. 2, p. 124; Decaisne in DC. Prodr. 13, (Sact. 1,) p. 713. Mouth of the Big Medicine River. POLYGQNACEiE. Eriogonum longifolium, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 164 ; Benth. Eriog. in Linn. Trans. 17, page 406. Witchita Mountains ; June. CHENOPODIACE.E. Chenopodium subspicatum, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 199? Middle Fork of Red River. The specimens are without either flowers or fruit. Annual, diffuse, and much branched ; clothed with whitish furfuraceous scales. Leaves con- spicuously petiolate, broadly rhombic ovate, with one or two coarse teeth on each side. Obione canescens, Moq. Chenop., p. 74 ; and DC. Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p. 113 ; Torr., in Stansbury's Report, p. 395. 0. occidentalis, Moq. 1. c. Calli- gonium canescens, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 370. Jitriplcx canescens, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 197. Common on the upper tributary of the Red River. NYCTAGINACEiE. Oxybaphus angustifolius, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 237 ; Choisy, in DC, Prodr. 13, (pars 2,) p. 433. Calymenia angusti 'folia, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, and Gen. 1, p. 26. Upper tributaries of Red River ; June. O. nyctagineus, Torr., 1. c. ; Choisy, 1. c. Mlionia nyctaginea, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 100. Calymenia corymbosa, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 178; not Mirabilis corymbosa, Cav., in which the involucrum is one-flowered. With the preceding ; May 28. 284 APPENDIX G-- — EOT ANY. O. Hirsutus, Sweet ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Amer. 2, p. 124 ; Choisy, 1. c. Mlio- nia hirsuta, Pursh, Fl. 2, p. 728. With the preceding. V . Stem erect, 2-3 feet high, sparingly branched ; viscously pubescent ; leaves 2-3 inches long, and 1-1| inch wide, on very short petioles, nearly entire. Flowers in a long, loose terminal and naked panicle ; involucre 3-flowered, rotate-companulate. Fruit fusiform, oblong, 5-angled. As in most of the Nydaginacece, this plant abounds in cells filled with raphides. These are so abundant in the liber of the root, that they form a layer of a silvery white color. Abronia mellifera, Dougl., in Hook. Bot. Mag., t. 2879 ; Choisy, 1. c. Cache Creek ; fl. and fr. May 18. The specimens in the collection agree exact- ly with Douglas's plant collected in California, and named by Sir William Hooker. CUPULIFERJE. Qdercus undulata, Torr., in Ann. Lye, 2, p. 248, t. 4. Abundant on the upper tributaries of the Red River. Stems 1-2 feet long, from a thick woody base, sparingly branched above. Leaves oblong, two inches or more in length, undulate, and furnished with 1-3 rather obtuse and scarcely mucronate teeth on each side, densely and softly pubescent underneath, nearly smooth above, thick and somewhat coriaceous. CONIFERiE. Juniperus Virginiana, Linn.; Michx. f. Sylv. 2, p. 353, t. 155 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 235. J. sabina, Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. 2, p. 166. Middle Fork of Red River. HYPOXIDACE.E. Hypoxis erecta, Linn.; Bart , Fl. N. Amer., 1, t. 35, f. 1; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 289. Headwaters of the Trinity River ; May. COMMELYNACEiE. Commelyna angustifolia, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 53; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 332. North Fork of Red River ; May-June. Tradescantia virginica, Linn.; Bot. Mag., t. 105; Bart. 1. c, t. 41; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 81 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 333. Abundant on the up- per tributaries of Red River ; May-June ; extremely variable in pubescence, and in the breadth of the leaves. APPENDIX G.— BOTANY. IRIDACEvE. Sisyrinchium Bermudiana, Linn.; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 290. Head- waters of the Trinity ; May . Nemastylis acuta ; with the preceding-. LILIACE.E. Scilla esculenta, Ker. Bot. Mag-., t. 1574. Phalangium esculentum, Nutt., in Fras. Cat. 1813, Gen. 1, p. 219. P. Quamash, Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 226, Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. Allium Canadense, Kalm ; Pursh, Fl. 1, p. 223 ; Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 450 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 308, On Cache Creek ; fl. May 14. A. ochroleucum, Nutt. Trans, Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 156; not of Waldst. and Kit. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. A. reticulatum, Fras ? Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 435. Jl. angulosum, fi. lenchor- hizum, Nutt. 1. c. ? Common on the tributaries of Red River, Bulb usually covered with dark reticulated coats, but sometimes na.ked. MELANTHACEiE. Amianthium Nuttalii, Gray, in Ann. Lye, N. York, 4, p. 123. Helonias angustifolia, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 154. Jlmiantan- thus, Kunth, Enum. 4, p. 181, Headwaters of the Trinity ; May, CYPERACE^S. Cyperus Schweinitzii, Torr. Cyp., p. 276; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 343. C, alter- niflorus, Schwein., in Long's 2d Exped., 2, p. 381 (not of R. Br.) Middle and North Forks of Red River ; May-June. C. Strigosus, Linn,; Torr., Cyp., p. 261 ; Fl. N. York, 2, p. 340, t. 136, Witchita Mountains ; July. Cyperus acuminatus, Torr. and Hook., in Torr. Cyp. Suppl. Witchita Mountains ; July 15. 286 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY. Fimbristylis spadicea, Vahl, Enum, 2, p. 294 ; Torr. Cyp., p. 346 ; Kunth, Enum. 2, p. 237 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 360. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. Cares Muhlenbergii, Schk. Car. 2, p. 12, f. 178 ; Schwein. and Torr. Car., p. 304 ; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 374. Headwaters of the Trinity, and on Cache Creek ; May- June. C. festucacea, Schk. Car. f. 173 ; Carey, in Gray's Bot. N. States, p. 545. C. straminea. var. festucacea, Torr. 1. c. With the preceding. GRAMINEiE. Phalaris angusta, Nees ; Trin. Ic. Gram. t. 78 ; Kunth, Gram. 2, p. 32. P. occidentalism Nutt., in Trans. Anier. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 144. On Cache Creek ; May 16. This plant is certainly P. angusta of Trinius, of which I have specimens named by that distinguished botanist. It appears, however, scarcely to differ from P. microstaclya, DC. Paspalum ljeve, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 44 ; Trin. Panic. Gen., p. 160 ; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 421. Main Fork of Red River ; June. Panicum pauciflorum, Ell. Sk. 1, p. 120 ; Gray, Bot. N. States, p. 613. Headwaters of the Trinity ; May. P. reticulatum, (n. sp.;) culmo geniculate erecto subsimplici ; foliis vagin- isque laxe pilosis ; panicula obionga contracta, ramulis racemosis paucifloris ; spiculis obovatis acutiusculis gTabris breviter pedicellatis muticis ; glumis valde inaequalibus ; flore neutro bivalvi ; palea inferiore (ut in gluma superiora) 7-costulata reticulata, flore hermaphrodite transverse ruguloso. On the Main Fork of Red River ; July. Nos, 2090 and 2091, Wright's Coll. N. Mex, 1851-52, are glabrous and more robust forms of this species. P. obtusum, (H. B. K. ?) spicis 5-7 racemosim dispositis erectis ; spiculis geminis subimbricatis unilateralibus muticis obovatis obtusis glabris ; glumis Eequalibus multinervosis ; flore inferiore triandro bipaleaceo ; flore hermaphro- dite subtilissime longitudinaliter striato subnitido. — H. B. and Kunth, Nov. Gen. 1, p. 98? Tributaries of the Washita. Plant glabrous and glaucous, about 18 inches long. Raehis narrowly linear, very flexuous ; nerves of the glumes green. Near P. obtusum, H. B. K., but differs in the nearly equal glumes, &c. No. 2092 Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52, is exactly our plant. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 287 Aristida fasciculata, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 154 ; Kunth, Enum. 2, p. 196. A. purpurea, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 145. Middle Fork of Red River ; May-June. Agrostis (Sporobolus) airoides, Torr, in Ann. Lye. N. York, 2, p. 151. With the preceding. The axils of the panicle are nearly glabrous in Captain Marcy's specimens. Calamagrostis gigantea, Nutt. 1. c., p. 143. Middle Fork of Red River June 23. Chloris verticillata, Nutt. 1. c. With the preceding ; June 25. An ele- gant grass, near C. alba, Presl. and Torr. in Emory's Rep. p. 153. Bouteloua racemosa, Lag. Var. Cienc. (1805) p. 141 ; Torr. in Emory's Rep., p. 154 ; not of Torr. Fl. N. York. Dinebra curtipendula, DC? Kunth, Syn. PI. Eq. 1, p. 281 ; excl. syn. Michx. Eutriana curtipendula, Trin. Fund. p. 161 (in part ;) Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 280, and Suppl. p, 233; excl. syn. Michx, and Willd. Main Fork of Red River ; July. The detailed description of this species by Kunth, 1. c, (drawn from a Mexican specimen collected by Hum- boldt) shows that the Chloris curtipendula of Michaux (Bouteloua curtipendula,, Torr.) is a distinct species, as indicated in Emory's Report, 1. c, Chondrosium oligostachyum. Atheropogon oligostachyum, Nutt. Gen. 1, p, 78 ; Torr. in Sill. Jour. 4, p. 58. Eutriana ? oligostachya, Kunth. Gram, 1, p. 96, ex. Enum. 2, p. 282. Main Fork of Red River ; July 2. C. papillosum. Jltheropogon papillosum, Engelm. in Sill. Jour. 46, p. 104.. With the preceding, of which it is perhaps only a variety. The species of Chondrosium and Bouteloua are known by the name of Grama Grasses in New Mexico and Texas. Pleuraphis Jamesii, Torr. in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 148, t. 10 ; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 285. Main Fork of Red River; July. Kunth (1. c.) asks whether this is not Hymenotheceium quinquesetem of Lagasca ; but the brief description of that author (in Gen. et. Sp. PL Nov. 1816) does not agree with our plant. 288 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY. Sesleria dactyloides, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 65; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 323; Torr in Emory's Report, p. 323, t. 10. Upper tributaries of the Red river; July This is the well known Buffalo-grass of the western prairies. It is remarkable that neither the grain nor the fertile flowers of this grass are known. Poa (Eragrostis) oxylepis. P. interrupta, Nutt. in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 146; not of Lam. Witchita mountains; July. A very neat grass. The specimens of Captain Marcy are only about 18 inches high. P. eragrostis. Linn.: Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 333; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 458. North Fork of Red river; July. P. arachnifera: panicula oblonga contracta, ramulis semiverticillatis; spicis subquinquefloris, lato-ovatis, fioribus laxis basi et racheos longe lanoso-arach- noideis; glumis inequalibus anguste-lanceolatis, in carina scabris; palea inferiore lineari-lanceolata acutissima obscure 3-5-nervata, carina inferne ciliata. 0? spiculis 9-10 floris, rachi sparsa lanosa. Headwaters of the Trinity; May. Melica glabra, Michx. Fl. 1, p. 62. Witchita mountains; May 30. Koeleria cristata, Pers. Syn. 1, p. 97; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 381. K. nitida, Nutt. Gen. 1, p. 74. K. tuberosa, Nutt. in Amer. Phil. Trans, (n. ser.) 5, p. 148. Headwaters of the Trinity. Festuca nutans, Willd., Enum. 1, p. 116; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 407; Torr. Fl. N. York, 2, p. 471, t. 158. Witchita mountains; June. F. tenella, Willd. 1. c; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 397; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 470, t. 154. Headwaters of the Trinity; taller than the plant of the Atlantic States. Uniola latifoi.ia, Michx., Fl. 1, p. 71; Ell. Sk. 1, p. 167; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 425. Witchita mountains; July. A tall showy grass, with very large much compressed spikelets. U. stricta, Torr., in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 155. U. multiftora, Nutt., in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 148. Washita river to the upper trib- utaries of the Red river; June-July. No. 2033 Wright's Coll. N. Mex. 1851-52 is the same. Triticum repens, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 440; Torr., Fl. N. York; 2, p. 474. Common on the tributaries of Red river; May-June. All the specimens are awnless. Elymt/s Canadensis, Linn.; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 451; Torr., Fl. N. York, 2, p. 476. E. glaucifolius, Willd. Cache creek, &c; June. APPENDIX G. — BOTANY. 289 Hordeum Jubatum. Linn.; Torr.j PI. Mid. and N. States, 1, p. 158; Kunth, Enwn. 1, p. 457. Tributariee of Red river. H. POSUL1.0M, Nutt, Gen, 1, p, 87, and Trans. Araer, Phil. Soc. (n. ser.) 5, p. 151: Kunth, Enum. 1, p, 457. Trjpsacum BACTfLOiDEs, Linn.; Michx. Fl. 1, p. 61; Nutt. 1. c; Kunth, Enum. 1, p. 469, North Fork of Red river; June. ^wdropogon Jamesh. Jl. glaucum, Torr. , in Ann. Lye. N. York, 1, p. 153; not of Muhl . With the preceding. EQUISETACEjE. etwm HYEMAI.E, Linn.; Pursh, FL 2, p. 652; Torr., Fl. New York, 2, in Fork of Red river, APPENDIX Gt. BOTANY. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Plate I. Anemone Caroliniana. Fig. 1, a stamen, magnified ; fig. 2, a head of pistils ; fig. 3, a head of ripe achenia, both magnified ; fig. 4, a single achenium, more enlarged. Plate II. Dythyrjba Wislizeni. Fig. 1, a flower, magnified ; fig. 2, the pistil, more enlarged ; fig. 3, a ripe pod, with one cell opened, to show the seed — also magnified ; fig. 4, the embryo, more magnified. Plate III. Geranium Fremontii.* Plate IV. Hgffmanseggia Jamesii. Fig. 1, a flower ; fig. 2, a pod ; fig. 3, seed — all moderately magnified. Plate V. Sahguisorba annua. Fig. 1, a flower; fig. 2, the fruit— both magnified. Plate VI. Eryngium diffusum. Fig. i, a separate leaf; fig. 2, a flower ; fig. 3, a petal ; fig. 4, the ovary, with the styles and three of the sepals ; fig. 5, front view of a stamen and sepal ; fig. 6, side view of the same — all but fig. 1 more or less magnified. Plate VII. Euryt-enia Tex an a. Fig. 1, a meriearp, magnified ; fig. 2, transverse section 'of the same, more magnified. i Plate VIII. Liatris acidota. Fig. 1, head of flowers, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, a single flower, more enlarged ; fig. 3, a single bristle of the pappus, still more enlarged. Plate IX. Aphanostephus ramosissimus. Fig. 1, a ray-flower; fig. 2, a disk-flower ; fig. 3, style of the same ; fig-. 4, achenium, with its coroniform pappus — all magnified. * This species was not found by Captain Marcy, but it grows in the region that he explored. The plate was prepared for another government report, which was never published. 292 APPENDIX G.— BOTANY. Plate X. Xanthisma Texana. Fig. 1-3, scales of the involucre ; fig. 4, a disk-flower ; fig. 5, achenium and pappus of the same ; fig. 6, ray-flower ; fig. 7, style of the disk-flower — all magnified. Plate XI. Engelmannia pinnatifida. Fig 1, a ray-flower, with an inner involucral scale ; fig. 2, style of the same ; fig. 3, a disk-flower ; fig. 4, style of the same ; fig. 5, an achenium — all magnified. Plate XII. Artimesia filifolia. Fig. 1, portion of a flowering branch, moderately enlarged ; fig. 2, a single head, more magnified ; fig. 3, the same, longitudinally cut and equally magnified ; fig. 4, a disk-flower, and fig. 5, a ray-flower, both more mag- nified. Plate XIII. Erythr^ea Beyrichii. Fig. 1, a flower, magnified ; fig. 2, a capsule. Plate XIV. Heliotropium tenellum. Fig. 1, the calyx ; fig. 2, corollo, showing its aestivation ; fig. 3, the same, expanded ; fig. 4, the same, laid open ; fig. 5, fruit : fig. 6 longitudinal section of the seed— all magnified. Plate XV. Euploca comvolvulacea. Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the same, laid open and equally magnified ; fig. 3, the stamens, more magnified ; fig. 4, a single stamen, still more magnified ; fig. 5, the pistil, equally magnified ; fig. G. fruit, with the persistent style ; fig 7, transverse section of the same, equally enlarged ; fig. 8, longitudinal section of a seed, more magnified. Plate XVI. Penstemon ambiguus. Fig. 1, a flower, moderately magnified ; fig. 2, the stamens and a portion of the corolla, more enlarged ; fig. 3, the pistil, equally magnified ; fig. 4, capsule twice the natural size, and dehiscent. Plate XVII. Lippia ciimeifolia. Fig. 1, a bract ; fig. 2, a flower ; fig 3, the calyx ; fig. 4, the corolla, cut longitudinally, showing the stamens and pistil — all moderately magni- fied ; fig. 5j the pistil, longitudinally cut, more enlarged. APPENDIX G. BOTANY. 293 Plate XVIII. Abronia ctcloptera. Fig. 1, involucre, somewhat magnified ; fig. 2, fruit of the natural size ; fig. 3, transverse section of the fruit, magnified ; fig. 4, an achenium, magni- fied ; fig. 5 S transverse section of the same, also magnified ; fig. 6, the embryo. Plate XIX. POA 1NTERRUPTA. Fig. 1, a spikelet ; fig. 2, single flower; fig. 3, a caryopsis — all magnified. Plate XX. Uniola stricta. Fig. 1, a spikelet, magnified. APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. VOCABULARIES OF WORDS IN THE LANGUAGES OF THE CO- MANCHES AND WITCHITAS : BY CAPT. R. B. MARCY. APPENDIX H ETHNOLOGY. VOCABULARIES OF WORDS IN THE LANGUAGES OF THE CO- MANCHES AND WITCHITAS : BY CAPT. R. B. MARCY. Man....... "Woman . . . White man. Mexican . . . Negro Indian.. . . . Delaware. . Kickapoo. . Cherokee . . Osage Comanche . Chief. Friend Enemy One Two....... Three...... Four ...... Five.. Six........ Seven Eight Nine Ten Horse... . . . Mule Bear Dog Prairie-dog. Sun Moon Stars Water Fire....... Road Smoke River Mountain. . Corn Grass Tree Blanket Mirror COMANCHE. To-e-bitch-e.. . . Wy-e-pe To-e-titch-e . . . Tack-o-ii-bo . . Toosh-ah-Jj/-bo . Wash-sashe. Taak-qtwi-no Hartch To-ho-ba-kah , Pooke Moo-rur . . . Whee -lah . . Charl-lee .. Kee-chee. . . Ta/i-arpe .. Mushe Tft-arehe .. Pah Koo-o-nah. CooA:-toe , Ho-no Tb-yah-vees-tah . Hah ne-fte-tah. . . Me cheese-ka.. . . . O/j.o-pee , Wah nopp ■A/oA-bo-ne WITCHITA. Two-bear-e-fcefe-ah . A'rt/j-hank. E-fca-rish. Es-ta-he. Es-tah he-cs-co-rash . £/i-hos. Nar-tca/i-ro. Shake -/ca/j-quah. S/i-an-nack. Wash-sa.she. JVb taw. A-ra-oh. Hartch. Now-fa-wah. Cha-osth Witch. Tow -way. TaaZfc-witch. Es-qwaic-etch. Ae-hash. Ke-o/f-itch. Ke o-/«t«-wah. Sa o-Hn-te. Es-k ir-ri-ah -wash . Ca.-ivah-ra. Moo-tut. Wee-rah. Kcetch-ah. Aeec/ie-n'ah. A'ee-shaw. Moir (like French.) Eck-qua-rfe-co. Keetche. Es-tore. To ya,h-cdch-co. Etch-qua -ask-co , Hat. Ne-yaw-caic-tee. Tais. Ec yock-cod. Cawk. Ah watqr-cotsh. Atch-e-o-wash. 298 APPENDIX H, ETHNOLOGY. COMANCHE. WITCHITA. Paint.. Tobacco Powder Gun Bow Arrow Yes No..... To hear To sleep To come , To go Fight Understand Talk Look here I see Tell them He says How much ?. . . How far ?...., Good Bad Great Small Black Dead God My father My mother. . . My brother. . . My sister My son My daughter . My husband.. My wife Child Bojt Girl Face Body Head Heart Breast Hair Hand. Leg Foot Neck Eye Mouth Tongue Back Bone Blood Ear Scalp Buffalo . . . . . . Pees-ah-pee Tah-rah o-way. Pah-mo Way-co. Nah-co chee Etch-eod. Pe-i-it Kah-Zo-kash. Ho-a a-te Kee-s^i-its. Pa-ark .A'ay-quats. Hah Wash. Kay Ke ah.re. Nali-gut To-otch kash. Ithe-pe A-shotch.a-s/ioMJ-bick. Keem-mah To-ta-os. Me ah-lo Totch-esch. Naw-bah-ola-kah Ta-a-chots. fiTocft-kun-nee Wah-tavv-chow-ofc/i-kash. Ta-quaw Wash-talk-fce-shaw. Cab-&oo?i Esh-s/ja-esh. Un-s/ia-esh. Marry-e-ah-whit-to . .... .1 22-shock. raZfc-kash. Jltch-kinch. Ah-she-ka-atch-e a-wah. ./Itch-tah. Naw-owi-ta. Totch -tali. Kee-eicft-tah. Co-rash. Chaat Tahe-cbAt Pe-opp Ter-titche Tbo-hop Ta-yeh j Wah-Za-tash Tar-a-pe Ner-acfc-pee Ner-fce-ar Ner-Zffi-ma | Ner-pa-eher j Ner-Zoo-ar Ner pa-tax Ner co mack-pe Ner-quer To-a-chee To-a-nicfc-pe Wy-ah-pee-chee Koo-veh Wahk-cher Pa-aft Pe-hee To-koo Par-pe Moo. wah Ah-Zoo-koo JVaA-hap Too yock Naw-chiche Tep-pa Ar-aA-ko Qua-hee So-nip Peeshe-pa,h jVoA-karke Pah-pee CooA>chow APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. 299 COMANCHE. O x Pe-mo ro Herd of horses Tah-fte-yeh ...... Deer Ul-leek-hah Turkey Ko-yo-nif-tah Day Tah-arp Summer.. 7Varch Winter . To-han Spring Tane-ftafe-ro jij ioht Too-kah-ra, Morning Pua-ori/t-co Darkness Teir Rain Er-mar , Snow Tar-kau Sea Par-hap-hia Prairie • Ve-he-wale-tc . . ■ Springj (fountain) Pah-hap-pea Bread Ta-e-s/tfHU-tar . . . Melon'.'. Pe-fce-na •Wood Koo-o/t-nee Forest - Hoo-o/f-cartc . . . Bird Hoo-choo Fish Frt-que Snake Noo-be-er Stone Terp... Lead JVwp-parke Pipe To/i-ish Corn Hah-ne-fte-teh . . Tent Kah-fta/i-me Wampum Tshe-nip Kettle Way-he-z'o-wuh . Boat Wo-we-poke Axe i Ho-Mm-nah Spear » Cheak Knife •• Weith Flint JVa-da-curte Shoe.'.' Ma-a-pee Kettle Wit-wah Town Kee-mt-kie Warrior Too-a-vitche. . . . Hot t/r-ate Cold Urtch-ate White ' Too-shop j^ e( j A-frop-tee Handsome Char-nar-bo-my . Live JV«i/-ure Salt O-nae-M-er J^ear May-titch Far off Ma-rior-kee To-morrow Pa-arc/i-quee To kill ! May-way-kun . . To eat... To walk. To run Tu-/car-roo . He?--mumsh . No-/c«-ark . . To drink He-fcef-to To laugh. To cry . . To love.. To trade . Ta-hah-net .. . T«fe-kay Kum-mar-pee. Te-me-a/i-row . WITCHITA. 300 APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. ENGLISH. COMANCHE. WITCHITA. To see = Me Nf He...... . . They APPENDIX H. ETHNOLOGY. 30.1 REMARKS ON THE PRECEDING VOCABULARIES, BY PROFESSOR • W, W. TURNER. Of the two vocabularies here given, the Comanche agrees very closely with that obtained by Mr. Robert S. Neighbors, Indian agent in Texas, and published by H. S. Schoolcraft, in his History, Condition, and Prospects of the Indian tribes, vol. 11, p. 494, et sea.; the slight discrepancies which pre- sent themselves between the two being nearly owing to the different manner in which the same sounds are caught and represented by different persons. The ethnological affinities of the Camanches are w T ell known. They are the most im- portant tribe of Indians in Texas, and constitute a portion of the great Shoshonee or Snake family, which have been led in pursuit of the buffalo far to the south of their congeners. The vocabulary of the Witchitas, though less complete, is more interesting, as being the first ever published, as far as I. am aware. A pretty extended examination, however, has not enabled me to discover an analogy between it and any other aboriginal tongue with which we have the means of compar- ison. It is true, that in Captain Marcy's lists the words for Osage, friend, mule, bear, prairie-dog, are the same in this lan- guage as in the Comanche ; but the entire dissimilarity of the two vocabularies in other respects, shows that the words in question must have been adopted from one language into the other, or from a common foreign source. Thus it is evident that the Comanche name for prairie-dog is borrowed from the Witch ita, while the name for mule has been taken by both from the Spanish. The ethnological position of the Witchitas, then, remains still to be determined. ALPHABETICAL INDEX.* Page. Abronia . . . . 284, 293 Abundance of water and grass. ... 46 Acacia 272 Acephala 242 Acerates 277 Adair bay 126 Achillea 275 Actinella 276 Agama 221, 222 Agassizocrinus 186 Agricultural capabilities 75 Agrostis., 287 Albuquerque, altitude of 121 Alecran (scorpion) 259 Alkaline charater of water. ..... 9 Mlionia 283, 284 Allium 285 Jitliwn 285 Amianthium 285 Jhniant antli us 285 Ammonites 196 Amorpha 271 Amsonia 278 Jlmsonia 278 Anabrus 248, 249 Anacardiacese 269 Analysis of gypsum spring 56 Analysis of gypsum water 99 Analysis of Marcylite 10 Analysis of subsoil 9, 25 Ananchy tes 198 Jlnantherix 277 Anemone 267, 291 Andropogon 289 Jlndropogon 289 Anodonta 245 Antelopes 17, 54, 55, 67 Antilocapra 201 Antiscorbutics 39 Aphanostephus 276, 291 . .Aphanostephus , 276 Apocynum 277 Page. Aracbnidians 251 Araneida? 251 Archimedipora 188 Argemone 267 Aristida 287 Jlristida 287 Arkansas, geology of 167 Artemisia 274, 292 Asclepiadacete 277 Asclepias 277 Jlsclepias 277 Astarte 194 Astragalus.. 271 Atacamite .10, 147 Mheropogon 287 Atmospheric refraction 44 Atreus 259 Atriplex 283 Baptisia 271 Barometer broken. ]5 Bassaris 147 Battle between Indians 46 Batracbians 235 Bear, instinct of. 62 Beaver creek 69 Beavers, habits of 36 Big Wichita 11 Birds seen 13 Bituminous coal 123 Boraginacere 280 Bos 201 Bottle buried 41 Bottom lands, 92 Boulders 20, 174, 176 Boundary between Texas & Choc- taw Nation 21 Bouteloua 287 Eouieloua. 287 Bow, its use and material 106 Buffaloes... 17, 27, 29, 77 Synonyms are italicised,. 304 INDEX. Page. Buffaloes, diminution of their num- bers 114 Buffalo grass 43 Buffaloes, range of. 113 Buffaloes, relation of to Indians. . 112 Bufo. 229, 230 Bulimus.. 243 Buthus 259 Brachiopodaj. 188 Brachypeplus 249 Brackish water. ................ 69 Brown coal 153 Brush fence 37 Bryozoa „ 188 G. Cache creek 8 Calamagrostis 287 Calligonium 283 CallirrhoB 268 Calymenia 283 Canadian 42 Canaje-Hexie 18 Canis ... .. 200 Canons 166 Capparidacese. 267 Carex 286 Carex 286 Caryophyllaceoe 268 Cardium 194 Cassia. 272 Castilleja. 279 Castor 200 Cattle-stealing 106 Centaurea 276 Centipede 262 Ceratichthys 237 Cervus 201 Chastity of prisoners, violation of. 110 Chenopodiacese 283 Chenopodium 283 Chickasaw phim 20 Chief hood of Indians . 105 Ckloris. . . 287 Choctaw reservation, boundary of. 80 Chloris. 287 Chloris 287 Chondrosium 287 Cbondrosiwm 287 Chrysopsis 276 Cirsium 276 Clematis . . 267 Clitoria 271 Cnemidophorus 226 Cnidoscolus 171 Coal 283 Page. Coal basin in west. ............. 152 Coal of Brazos 152 Cold weather. * 32 Coal west of Mississippi 152 Colorado, confusion of the name. 4 Coluber 214 Cornanches 93 Comanches, physical features of. 107 Cornanches, subdivisions of. .... . 103 Comanche trail. 27 Comandra 281 Commelyna 284 Commelynaceae 284 Composite 274 Coniferae 284 Convovulvus 278 Convolvulus 278 Convolvulacere 278 Copper........ 162 Copper, carbonate of. 177 Copper ore. .8, 9, 10, 25, 145 Coronella. 214 Courses and distances 140 Cretaceous fossils 172, 191 Cretaceous rocks. 172 Crinoidea 186 Crotalus 202 Crotaphytus 221 Croton 282 Cross Timbers 76, 87, 92 Cruciferse 267 Cucumis 273 Cucurbita 273 Cucurbita 273 Cucurbitacea3. 273 Cupuliferae 284 Cyathrocrinus 186 Cyelas 243 Cyperaceae 285 Cyperus 285 Cypcrus 288 D. Daihinia ....... 246 Dalea. 271 Dalea 271 Dasystoma 279 Deer .63, 67 Deer-bleat 54, 70 Delphinium 267 Desmodium 271 Dews 46 Didelphys 201 Dinebra 287 Diploppapus 276 INDEX. 305 Page. Distances from Fort Belknap to Santa Fe 97 Dithyrsea. 268, 291 Divide 13, 15 Dodecatheon • 281 Dofii Ana 126 Drift 163, 178, 180 Drift-hills 179 Drought 39 E. Early explorations of Red river. . 2 Echinacea 275 Echinodermata 198 Egletes 276 Elevations above sea. 48. 61 Elk creek 22 Elymus 288 Elymus 288 Encampment, mode of. 33 Engelmannia 276, 292 Engelmannia 282 Enslenia.. 277 Equisetaceae 289 Equisetum 289 Eragrostis 288 Eriogonum 283 Eritrichium 285 Erilrichium 285 Eryngium 290 Erythrsea 278, 292 Erythrcea 278 1'Etage Senonien 169 Euchroma 279 Eulima 196 Euphorbia 282 Euphorbiacea? 282 Euploca 280, 292 Euploca 282 Eurytamia 274, 291 Eustoma 278 Eutsenia 205 Eutriana 287 Evolvulus 278 Evolvulus. 278 Exogyra 191 Explorations by Gregg 5 " " James 4 " " Lono- 4 " Pike ........ 3 " " Sparks 2 False rumors. 20 82 Page. False scorpions. ................ Ji59 Fedia 274 Felis 201 Ferruginous sand. 183 Fertility of soil 80 Festuca 288 Fimbristylis 286 Fish ...26, 233 Flies, annoyance from .71, 76 Fort Arbuckle, arrival at. ...... . 88 Fort Belknap 6, 13 Fort Smith, altitude of. ........ . 121 Fort Smith, arrival at ......... . 5 Fossils 49 Fossil-wood ..... 176 French explorations of Red river. 2 Fresh water .38, 40 G. Gaillardia 275 Galeodes. ..................... 261 Garter snake ............... 205 Gasteropoda ................... 243 Gaura .... ................ 272 GentianacesE .................. 278 GeraniacetB 269 Geranium .269, 291 Gerardia 279 Geology of Arkansas ........... 167 Geology of country ............ 167 Glandularis 280 Globiconcha ................... 195 Glycyrrhiza 270 Gnats, annoyance from ......... 73 Gold.... 173 Gold-bearing formation 20 Gold-bearing rocks ............. 159 Gold deposites.. ............... 17 Gold diggings of Colorado ...... 158 Grama grass .30, 45, 54 Grama 281 Graminese 286 Granite .16, 17, 173 Grapes 38 Grasses, native ................ 79 Grazing, best time for .......... 33 Gregg's expedition 5 Greyhounds, use of, in chase. ... 27 Grossulacea; 273 Grotto in gypsum .............. 56 Grove of timber 23 Grypham 192 Guides, sagacity of. ........... . 81 Gynamblosis. .................. 282 Gypsum .22, 50 Gypsum beds, extent of. ....... . 99 306 INDEX. Page. Gypsum deposite m, . . 164 Gypsum formation 157 Gypsum in South America 1G4 Gypsum water, analysis of 86, 99 II. Head of navigation of Red river. 97 Head spring of Red river 60 Hedyotis 274 Heterodon 208 Helianthus 275 Helix plebeium 31 Heliotropium 292 Helonias 285 Hemiaster 198 Hendecandra 282 Hendecandra 282 Herpetodryas 214 Hoffmanseggia 271, 291 Holaster 198 Holbrookia 206 Holect3 T pus 199 Homeward inarch 63 Hordeum 289 Hospitality, rights of 109 Houstonia 274 Hundredth degree of longitude.. . 20 Hymenopappus 275 Hymcnopappus 275 Hymenolkecium 287 Hymenoxys ^ . . . . 276 Hypoxidacese 284 Hypoxis 284 Ignorance of power of whites. . . . 108 Incredulity of Indians 108 Indians 80 Indians and Tartars compared. . . 112 Indian camps 33 Indian forays 95 Indian horsemanship 103 Indians, mode of checking 96 Indians of Red river, general de- scription of 1 02 Indian tracks 69 Indian villages 78 Indigofera 270 Inoceramus 193 Ipomaea 278 Iridacece 285 Iron sands. 147 J. James, Dr., journal of. 4 Janira 191 Jasper 159 Jatropha 283 Julus 264 June rise 16, 87, 98 Juniperus 284 Juniperus 284 Juniperus Virginiana 57 Kaskia Indians 3 Ke-clie-a-qui-ho-no 53 Keechies 101 Kickapoos 87 Kioways 39, 47, 93 Kioway creek 41 Koeleria 288 Kocleria 288 Krameria 270 Krameriacere 270 L. Labiatae 280 Latitudes 41, 61, 64, 69 Lakes of Red river 91 Laguna Colorado 121 Labradorite 148 Leguminosas 270 Lepachys 275 Lephrosia 270 Leptocaulis 273 Letophis 219 Lepus 200 Leuciscus 237, 238, 239, 240 Liatris 274, 291 Liatris 274 Lies told by the Indians 19 Lightning 14 Lignite 159 Liliacea 285 Lime 25 Linacese 268 Linum 268 Lippia 280, 292 Liquor, use of, among Indians. . . 114 Lisianthus 278 Little Witchita 6 Lizards described 219 Llano Estacado 36, 38, 45 INDEX. 307 Page. Llano Estacado impracticable for a railroad 119 Llano Estacado, geology of. 179 Loasaceae 273 Lodges, Witchita, town of. 78 Loess creek 31 Longitudes 41 Long's exploration 4 Long's peak 125 Lost member of party 42 Lutra 200 Lycosa 252 Lygodesmia 276 Lygosoma 228 Lymneea 244 Lynx 200 M. Magnetic needle, variation of. . . . 68 Malva 268 Malvastrum 268 Malvaceae 268 Mammals . . .' 200 Manganese ore 147 Marcylite 10, 134 Marshallia 276 Masticophis 217 McClellan's creek 44 Medicine lodges 116 Melampodium 276 Melampodium 276 Melanthacese 285 Melica 288 Mentzelia 273 Mephitis 200 Meteorological observations 127 Mezquite grass 7 Mezquite wood 31, 43, 64, 70, 123 Middle Comanches 85 Military post, new one advised .90, 91 Mineralogy 145 Mirabilis 283 Mirage 45 Mollusca 191 Monarda 280 Monarda 280 Mount Scott 76 Mount Webster 22 Mountains, physical features of. . . 71 Mulberry creek 65 Mule lost 80 Mygale 251 Myosotis 281 Myriapods 262 N. Navigation of Bio- Witchita 7 Negroes, hostility to. 110 Nemastylis 285 North Fork 25 Nyctaginace<£ 283 Oaks, dwarf. 26 Obione 283 Obione 283 CEnothera 272 Oldenlandia 274 Onagraceaj 272 Ophibolus 214, 215, 216 Order for expedition 1 Orthopterous insects 248 Ostrea 192 Otter creek. 16 Overcup oak 8 Oxalidacece 268 Oxalis 268 Oxybaphus .283, 284 Oxy tropis 271 Pah-hah-en-ca 85 Palaeontology 186 Pat afoxia 275 Panicum 286 Panicum., 286 Panopeai 194 Panther 12 Papaveracoa 267 Paronychia 268 Paspalum 186 Pass in the mountains 76 Patent Office, letter from. ..... 65 Peak of Guadalupe 124 Pecten 191 Pentratrematiks 187 Pentremites 187 Pentstemon .279, 292 Pentstemon 280 Petalostemon 270, 271 Petrified wood 44 Phalangium 286 Phalangopsis 286 Phalaris 286 Phalaris 286 Phengites 165 Phlox 281 Phrynosorna 220 Physa .243, 244 Physalis , 279 Pike's expedition 3 508 INDEX. Page. Pituophya 21 1 Planorbia . 244 Plantagenacera 283 Plantago 283 Pleuraohis 287 Poa...* 288, 293 Poa. 288 Polanisia 267 Polemoniace-Es 281 Polygala.. 2G9 Polygalaceae.. 269 Polygonaccaj 283 Polyotus 277 Polytenia 273 Pomotis..... 235 Porphyritic greenstone 157 Portulacaceee 268 Poterium 272 Prairie dogs 45 Prairie-dog towns 50 Presents distributed 18 Preston 97 Preston, arrival at 6 PrimulaceEe 281 Prisoners, release of 85 Prisoners, Mexican 85 Procyon 200 Productus.. 189 Primus chicaaa 20 Psammophis 217 Pseudoscorpionidee 260 Psoralea.. 270 Ptelea.. *>69 Ptoromys. 200 Pupa muscorum. 3] Pure water. 69 Phyrrlsopappus 276 Quapaws. 101 Quercus .... ^ 284 Quercus macrocarpa. 8 Quicksand 7 , 32 It. Raft of Red river 90 Railroad, best route for 120, 123 Railroad, general considerations respecting 119 Rain .....14, 15, 16, 70 Rains, times of occurrence 46 Rana 231 Ranunculacese 267 Rattlesnake 217 Red clay formation lao Red river 21 Red river, early explorations of. . 2 P«.ed river, its physical characters 91 Red river, position of sources. ... 92 Reptiles 202 Reptiles collected 66 Religious belief 116 Retepora 188 Rhus 269 Rhynchosia 270 Ribes 273 Riddellia 275 Riddellia 275 Rio Raijo of Humboldt 4 Rise of river 47 River terraces 97 Rock bed of river 59 Rock salt 98 Rosacea? 272 Rubiacece 274 Rudbeckia 275 Rudbeckia 275 Rush creek 87 Sabbatia 278 Safe return 89 Sagacity of Indians 35 San Diego 122 Sand-hills 17, 98 Sandy creek 43 Salt Fork 23 Salt, incrustation of 37 Salt springs 185 Salt plains not at head of Red river 45 Sanguisorba 272, 291 Santalacese 281 Sapindacese 269 Sapindus 269 Sceleporus 224 Scenery, magnificent 60 Schrankia 272 Schrankia angustata 48 Scilla 285 Sinews 229 Sciurus 200 Scolopendra 262 Scoria 155 Scorpio 257 Scorpions 257 ScorpionidiE 257 Scotophis 213 Scrophulariaceffi 279 Scutellaria 280 Scurvy 39, 47 INDEX. 309 Page- Scyphia.. .. .. . 155 Sections, geological 172 Selenite 176 Septaria 148 Serpents 202 Sesleria 288 Shells 242 Shepard, Prof. C. U., letter from. 145 Shortest route to Pacific 123 Sicydimn 273 Sicydium . 273 Sida 268 •Sidell's route 124 Sierra Waco ]22 Signs, use of. 109 Silene 268 ■Sisyrinchium 286 Smoke of Indians 67 Snows, little obstruction from. . . . 123 Soils, analysis of. 148 Solanacess 279 Solanum . . 279 Solidago 274 Spark s expedition 2 Spermophilus 201 -Spiders 252 Spirifer 190 Sporobolus 287 Staked Plain 63 Staked Plain, etymology of. ... . 100 Stevia 275 Stillingia 282 Stillingia 282 Strept'hanthus , 267 Subsoils 168 Subsoil, analysis of. 8 Succinea 245 Succinea elongata 31 Sulphate of lime 49 Sulphur river 123 Sulphuret of lead 184 .Superstitions. 116 Suydam creek 27 Sweetwater creek 32 Swiftness of wild animals 68 T. Talinum 268 Talk with the Indians. 18 Taniias 200 Tarantula 251 Tarantulidae 254 Tartars and Indians compared . . . 104 Telegonous 257 Temperature of water 9 Terebratula 189, 190 Page. Terraces of river 38 Tertiary coal 152 Teucrium 280 Teucrium 280 Thelyphonus 255 Tkesium 281 Thirst..... 58, 59 Tiliqua 229 Tillable land on Red river 92 Timber 71 Timber, large size of. 43 Timber, varieties of. 8, 13 Titanian sands 147 Tobacco, use of. Ill To-se-quash 85 Tradescantia 284 Traffic of Indians, illegal. ....... 114 Tragia 282 Tragia 282 Transportation of stores, route for 96 Trigonia 193 Trinity river 122 Tripsacum 289 Triticum 288 Tylostoma 195 Umbelliferte 273 Unio 243, 244, 245 Uniola 288, 293 Uniola 288 Ursus 200 V. Valerianaces 274 Valley, fertile 76 Verbena 280 Verbenacece 280 Vermillion, use of. 108 Vesicaria 267 Vicia 270 Vinaigron ( Thelyphonus) 254 Vitaceai 269 Vitis 269 Volcanic rocks 158 Vulpes 117 W. Wacos 84, 101 War-club 107 War parties 106 310 INDEX. Page. War parties, how distinguished. . 27 Warner's pass 126 Water basin 64 Water of Red river, analysis of. . 165 Water, sudden rise of. 14 Wildcat 66, 110 Wild-horse creek 87 Winds, prevailing. 33 Winters of Red river 92 Witchitas 18, 83, 101 Witchita mountains.. 10, 17, 67, 69 Witchita mountains, agricultural capabilities of country about ... 78 Witchitas, extent of their country. 75 Page. Wichita mountains, structure of. . 1 75 Women, condition of 112 X. Xanthisma 292 Z. ZanthoxylaceiE 269 Zapania 280 Zinnia 275 Zoology.. 200 2 '... ' V m? 'Mk '■V '?'' '-■:"- mm < izl - I ">M. till N°8. Wmm -v. ^ 4*" ■■:? *«* -*w K - • /•■ lib Ackerm an Li fh 3 79 B r o a ohv ay 1 ■- VIEW NEAR THE HEAD OF THE KE-CHE-AH-pUE-HONO N a 10. HEAD OF KE- CHE -AH- QUE -HO -NO OR THE MAIN BRANCH OF REE-R1V3R >s- W GEOLOGICAL SECTION. SHOWING THE ORDER AND SUCCESSION OF THE STRATA FROM WASHINGTON COUNTY ARKANSAS TO FORT BELKNAP TEXAS. BY GEORGE G SHUMARD M.D. ~r > -i i. r zx I r~ i c *■ » * * > fcd ly "> 1 CD -'„"*- .; fH ' • i ,,|?W O 1 fcjj t | - /- Pj f) t- 1 p" 1 : -"-6V, t— tj i',| ; | ,'| | o i 1 SB ,,ttj es - ' >' - • ;':\jf^. ' SO ".;:;;' i if w / ■ M -+ R -r- - > % j. * '-;'■; >' ' 22,' P pj - .'/■ .".to :l ■ . / L ^ w / CD /^ ^J J r^ o 7""'~ - ' a M P if I 1 h- 1 - t O n O b g o > r rD 2.1 # -i_LlLL.llLl_T- o p o r O g o > r to s -j O z pi t~ r - J> Z o m in H > O > O O o I o Cro- > z c_ c z rn DO < O m p (/> I c > 30 o i i i i i i i i i ^h— i i i I i i i i — r i i i — i — - S' s a* adt? o m o r O Q o > r n) m a H o T, O */> H > Z m > H X m ;x n > D o -'1 31 1*1 D 2 < x > m c |T| o a '■■ X C 2 > c PL p g'3 Pi a - :3i° is - &?- 'a i o n o i- o g o > r o> m o H O Z o -n O r -n ■n 0) O z o > o 3: m o n Fi ■< o n o b bo 3r C > XI Q iteu / :.'/ •■ * m ■ mm :.-\ %^ I ^ ^ , . I f't ■ ■ -% ■0j§^k / -ipi -JM3 f% - xMsMfc ^ •■44 ■^-■-"i^i^^u Palaeontology p] / // \ V m 'i ;"■ 2 : N V \; s *■/' 1 h. . JH.RLchard W.ILDoucsal . . 3 CONFLUENTUS, Sa y- PL II. ^sil -«w >£»>» Acker man Lith 379 Broad* 1 1 EUTAENIA FB ' , B.St G. V/.Il.riouOal Zoology fi m ■ .J.H.Richavd W.H.T' i EUTAENIA MARGIANA, B.&G *% mam %m' r }K ^Wm HET'EP W.B Douoal .ooloCty I'l.V *^WR¥ V J'-!.Jl>cUard. > v [l "■■■ pituophis mc'clellanii, b.&.g. ! oology PI . VI M^S ■J,': sS^-" l \ .ELRicharcL. : ""~% W.H.Dougal. SCOT 1 OPHI S LAETU S , B . & . G %. 7-3 ty- JSssSSSS t x - ; j ,. X., A WW . pfc ■ ^ ®58mM{nf ' ■ ■ "J. H. Richard. ■i? / •-'' OPHIBOLUS ' ' 'IIIS-.B W.H.Do ' 7 ••■ ' ( ' • K \^y. ^>" Lohard. WH.Douqai. ZooloOy. PI. XL h &-<• M. %. I " ,J M& W$mm m. C* ^:.M x \ °- ® m. ^N iRHi Mm L - • ££%gm R - S£b igi , Y* r-cDv- /P-SSs^JrS^S^ 5 _i J.H.Richai'd. AckermajiLitL379Broadwa.y N Y BUFO GOGNATUS , Say. WH.Dou^.al. m „, l; ;X b - ■& {/fMfr- %£ m ' !' ■*F Zoo] PI . XIV. «3f*~* ~^ : • . Zool opy PI. XV. J.H.TiiehaTd. Xicmgal. Tigs.1-4. BBACHYPEPLUS MAGNUS, G. Eg». 9-13 DAIHINIA PEEV1FES ,Eald Pigs . 5— 8 . ANABKUS HALDEMANII , G . - ...X ^ , >'<^ - jl ^J - 5 si " U IH-Ricl-iard . Figs. 1-3. MY ' . -i '. ,m' ! ,OSA> G, J 4 -^ . ^^^ ' ■^&Jj0 i ' # f i .. \ \ ****3v 5**. *> ^tefej-! , l/ / d ' . / y — . - ■ i™j?— ■<* jSi3« £ 5 ■ ; f ! i* ,• ^ - r -• ■- 2J ; ■ ? n . ; I . ■•: . PI li €3^- ,1*-'' V- ' \k£ , icTcermauIitL37 DIT . ttSLIZE pi. in. I GERANIUM EREMOE botany El. IV Ackermaiil ,i th.379 Bi oa-iwayiNf i HOP JMATSTS E i 1 ( J I A JASME SII i ferayM [SORB A ANNUA. Botany PI. VI. AckermauL : Toa iwayNY ERYNGIUM DIFFUSUM . Botany . P1/VH AifennaiLlitliBBr'jacb/raxtTI EU-RY T^LTTIA TE XAETA jotany.' P1VU1 ; , \C- /.- 'i Ackennan'Lith37SBroadwayNY LJATRIS ACID OTA. ." Botany. PL. A<&OTiauLi&37SBroacbrayKI .APHATTO S TEPHUS RAMOSISSIMTJS . Botany i'l X. Ackermanl.itti - < XANTHISMA TEX AN A. pm Ackermanlith 379Br o id-way N"Y .lin^LMANNIA P1NNATIFIDA. Botany ELX11. Ackerm2mItQi379Broaotwayiy ARTEMISIA J1LIFOLIA. Botany P1.X111 a. /..:n:. i . * . , -.r i ? i r., r; N / ERYTHR i£, A BEYRICH1I. PI. XIV . • IPIU'JVI fENELL "" Pi XV th.379 EUPLOGA COWOLVUJ Botany El.xv. AclermanLitliS'/gBioadwaj NY PENTSTEMOlsT AMBIGUUM Botany PI XVII. Ackermanlitk. 379 Br oaiway 1ST Y ZPPIA CUNEIFOLIA Botany . T1XIX. ■ ■ / Ac'kenaanIraiSra'B: POA INTERRUPT A .Botany PI XX. uiiTitli379Broailway]>r X UNIOLA STRIGTA. H 493 85 if ■•* % ■-'„ ■■>•., 4r e ° ' J? " «* HECKMAN BINDERY INC. 1985 N. MANCHESTER. Wg^ INDIANA 46 962_ ay ■ ■■ %&